wxPython/src/msw/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 106 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 107 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 108 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 109 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 110 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 111 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 112 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 113 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 114 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 115 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 116 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 117 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 118 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 119 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 120 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 121 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 122 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 123 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 124 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 125 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 126 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 127 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 128 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 129 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 130 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 131 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 132 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 133 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 134 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 135 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 136 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 137 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 138 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 139 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 140 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 141 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 142 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 143 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 144 OK = _core_.OK
 145 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 146 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 147 YES = _core_.YES
 148 NO = _core_.NO
 149 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 150 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 151 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 152 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 153 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 154 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 155 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 156 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 157 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 158 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 159 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 160 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 161 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 162 RESET = _core_.RESET
 163 HELP = _core_.HELP
 164 MORE = _core_.MORE
 165 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 166 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 167 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 168 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 169 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 170 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 171 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 172 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 173 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 174 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 175 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 176 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 178 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 179 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 180 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 181 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 182 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 183 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 184 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 185 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 186 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 187 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 188 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 189 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 190 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 191 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 192 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 193 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 194 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 195 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 196 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 197 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 198 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 199 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 200 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 201 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 202 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 203 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 204 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 205 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 206 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 207 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 208 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 209 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 210 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 211 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 212 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 213 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 214 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 215 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 216 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 217 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 218 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 219 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 220 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 221 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 222 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 223 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 224 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 225 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 226 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 227 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 228 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 229 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 230 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 231 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 232 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 233 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 234 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 235 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 236 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 237 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 238 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 239 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 240 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 241 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 242 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 243 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 244 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 245 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 246 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 247 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 248 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 249 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 250 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 251 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 252 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 253 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 254 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 255 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 256 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 257 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 258 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 259 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 260 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 261 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 262 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 263 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 264 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 265 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 266 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 267 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 268 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 269 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 270 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 271 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 272 OPEN = _core_.OPEN
 273 SAVE = _core_.SAVE
 274 HIDE_READONLY = _core_.HIDE_READONLY
 275 OVERWRITE_PROMPT = _core_.OVERWRITE_PROMPT
 276 FILE_MUST_EXIST = _core_.FILE_MUST_EXIST
 277 MULTIPLE = _core_.MULTIPLE
 278 CHANGE_DIR = _core_.CHANGE_DIR
 279 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
 280 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
 281 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
 282 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
 283 PD_AUTO_HIDE = _core_.PD_AUTO_HIDE
 284 PD_APP_MODAL = _core_.PD_APP_MODAL
 285 PD_CAN_ABORT = _core_.PD_CAN_ABORT
 286 PD_ELAPSED_TIME = _core_.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
 287 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME = _core_.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
 288 PD_REMAINING_TIME = _core_.PD_REMAINING_TIME
 289 PD_SMOOTH = _core_.PD_SMOOTH
 290 PD_CAN_SKIP = _core_.PD_CAN_SKIP
 291 DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON = _core_.DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON
 292 DD_DEFAULT_STYLE = _core_.DD_DEFAULT_STYLE
 293 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 294 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 295 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 296 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 297 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 298 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 299 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 300 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 301 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 302 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 303 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 304 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 305 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 306 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 307 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 308 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 309 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 310 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 311 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 312 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 313 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 314 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 315 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 316 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 317 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 318 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 319 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 320 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 321 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 322 UP = _core_.UP
 323 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 324 TOP = _core_.TOP
 325 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 326 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 327 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 328 WEST = _core_.WEST
 329 EAST = _core_.EAST
 330 ALL = _core_.ALL
 331 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 332 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 333 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 334 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 335 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 336 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 337 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 338 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 339 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 340 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 341 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 342 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 343 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 344 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 345 GROW = _core_.GROW
 346 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 347 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 348 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 349 TILE = _core_.TILE
 350 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 351 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 352 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 353 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 354 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 355 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 356 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 357 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 358 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 359 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 360 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 361 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 362 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 363 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 364 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 365 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 366 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 367 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 368 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 369 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 370 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 371 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 372 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 373 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 374 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 375 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 376 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 377 DOT = _core_.DOT
 378 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 379 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 380 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 381 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 382 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 383 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 384 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 385 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 386 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 387 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 388 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 389 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 390 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 391 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 392 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 393 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 394 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 395 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 396 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 397 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 398 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 399 XOR = _core_.XOR
 400 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 401 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 402 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 403 COPY = _core_.COPY
 404 AND = _core_.AND
 405 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 406 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 407 NOR = _core_.NOR
 408 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 409 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 410 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 411 NAND = _core_.NAND
 412 OR = _core_.OR
 413 SET = _core_.SET
 414 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 415 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 416 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 417 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 418 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 419 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 420 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 421 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 422 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 423 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 424 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 425 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 426 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 427 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 428 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 429 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 430 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 431 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 432 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 433 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 434 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 435 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 436 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 437 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 438 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 439 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 440 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 441 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 442 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 443 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 444 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 445 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 446 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 447 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 448 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 449 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 450 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 451 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 452 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 453 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 454 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 455 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 456 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 457 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 458 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 459 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 460 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 461 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 462 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 463 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 464 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 465 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 466 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 467 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 468 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 469 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 470 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 471 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 472 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 473 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 474 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 475 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 476 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 477 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 478 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 479 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 480 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 481 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 482 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 483 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 484 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 485 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 486 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 487 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 488 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 489 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 504 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 505 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 506 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 507 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 508 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 509 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 510 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 511 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 512 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 513 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 514 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 515 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 516 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 517 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 518 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 519 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 520 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 521 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 522 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 523 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 524 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 525 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 526 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 527 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 528 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 529 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 530 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 531 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 532 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 533 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 534 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 535 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 536 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 537 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 538 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 539 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 540 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 541 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 542 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 543 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 544 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 545 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 546 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 547 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 548 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 549 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 550 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 551 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 552 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 553 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 554 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 555 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 556 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 557 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 558 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 559 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 560 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 561 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 562 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 563 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 564 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 565 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 566 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 567 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 568 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 569 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 570 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 571 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 572 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 573 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 574 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 575 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 576 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 577 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 578 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 579 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 580 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 581 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 582 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 583 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 584 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 585 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 586 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 587 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 588 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 589 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 590 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 591 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 592 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 593 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 594 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 595 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 596 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 597 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 598 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 599 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 600 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 601 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 602 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 603 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 604 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 605 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 606 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 607 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 608 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 609 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 610 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 611 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 612 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 613 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 614 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 615 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 616 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 617 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 618 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 620 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 621 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 622 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 623 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 624 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 625 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 626 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 627 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 628 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 629 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 630 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 631 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 632 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 633 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 634 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 635 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 636 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 637 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 638 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 639 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 640 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 641 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 642 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 643 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 644 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 645 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 646 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 647 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 648 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 649 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 650 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 651 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 652 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 653 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 654 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 655 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 656 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 657 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 658 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 659 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 660 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 661 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 662 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 663 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 664 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 665 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 666 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 667 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 668 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 669 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 670 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 671 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 672 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 673 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 674 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 675 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 676 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 677 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 678 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 679 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 680 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 681 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 682 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 683 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 684 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 685 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 686 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 687 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 688 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 689 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 690 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 691 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 692 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 693 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 694 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 695
 696 class Object(object):
 697     """
 698     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 699     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 700     """
 701     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 702     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 703     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 704     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 705         """
 706         GetClassName(self) -> String
 707
 708         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 709         """
 710         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 711
 712     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 713         """
 714         Destroy(self)
 715
 716         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 717         """
 718         val = _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 719         args[0].thisown = 0
 720         return val
 721
 722 Object_swigregister = _core_.Object_swigregister
 723 Object_swigregister(Object)
 724 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 725 _wxPyFixStockObjects = _core_._wxPyFixStockObjects
 726 cvar = _core_.cvar
 727 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 728
 729 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 730
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 743 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 744 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 745 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 746 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 747 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 748 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 749 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 750 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 751 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 752 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 753 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 754 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 755 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 756 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 757 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 758 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 759 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 760 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 761 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 762 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 763 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 764 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 765 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 766 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 767 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 768 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 769 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 770 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 771 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 772 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 773 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 774 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 775 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 776 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 777 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 778 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 779 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 780 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 781 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 782 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 783
 784 class Size(object):
 785     """
 786     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 787     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 788     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 789     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 790     """
 791     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 792     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 793     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 794     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 795     x = width; y = height
 796     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 797         """
 798         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 799
 800         Creates a size object.
 801         """
 802         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 803     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 804     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 805     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 806         """
 807         __eq__(self, Size sz) -> bool
 808
 809         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 810         """
 811         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 812
 813     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 814         """
 815         __ne__(self, Size sz) -> bool
 816
 817         Test for inequality.
 818         """
 819         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 820
 821     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 822         """
 823         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 824
 825         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 826         """
 827         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 828
 829     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 830         """
 831         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 832
 833         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 834         """
 835         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 836
 837     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 838         """
 839         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 840
 841         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 842         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 843         """
 844         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 845
 846     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 847         """
 848         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 849
 850         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 851         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 852         """
 853         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 854
 855     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 856         """
 857         Set(self, int w, int h)
 858
 859         Set both width and height.
 860         """
 861         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 862
 863     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 864         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 865         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 866
 867     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 868         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 869         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 870
 871     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 872         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 873         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 874
 875     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 876         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 877         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 878
 879     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 880         """
 881         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 882
 883         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 884         """
 885         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 886
 887     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 888         """
 889         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 890
 891         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 892         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 893         """
 894         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 895
 896     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 897         """
 898         Get() -> (width,height)
 899
 900         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 901         """
 902         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 903
 904     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 905     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 906     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 907     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 908     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 909     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 910         if index == 0: self.width = val
 911         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 912         else: raise IndexError
 913     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 914     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 915     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 916
 917 Size_swigregister = _core_.Size_swigregister
 918 Size_swigregister(Size)
 919
 920 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 921
 922 class RealPoint(object):
 923     """
 924     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 925     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 926     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 927     """
 928     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 929     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 930     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 931     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 932     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 933         """
 934         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 935
 936         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 937         """
 938         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 939     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 940     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 941     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 942         """
 943         __eq__(self, RealPoint pt) -> bool
 944
 945         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 946         """
 947         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 948
 949     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 950         """
 951         __ne__(self, RealPoint pt) -> bool
 952
 953         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 954         """
 955         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 956
 957     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 958         """
 959         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 960
 961         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 962         """
 963         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 964
 965     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 966         """
 967         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 968
 969         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 970         """
 971         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 972
 973     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 974         """
 975         Set(self, double x, double y)
 976
 977         Set both the x and y properties
 978         """
 979         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 980
 981     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 982         """
 983         Get() -> (x,y)
 984
 985         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 986         """
 987         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 988
 989     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 990     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 991     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 992     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 993     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 994     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 995         if index == 0: self.x = val
 996         elif index == 1: self.y = val
 997         else: raise IndexError
 998     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
 999     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1000     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
1001
1002 RealPoint_swigregister = _core_.RealPoint_swigregister
1003 RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
1004
1005 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1006
1007 class Point(object):
1008     """
1009     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1010     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1011     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1012     """
1013     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1014     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1015     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1016     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1017     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1018         """
1019         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1020
1021         Create a wx.Point object
1022         """
1023         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1024     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1025     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1026     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1027         """
1028         __eq__(self, Point pt) -> bool
1029
1030         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1031         """
1032         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1033
1034     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1035         """
1036         __ne__(self, Point pt) -> bool
1037
1038         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1039         """
1040         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1041
1042     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1043         """
1044         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1045
1046         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1047         """
1048         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1049
1050     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1051         """
1052         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1053
1054         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1055         """
1056         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1057
1058     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1059         """
1060         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1061
1062         Add pt to this object.
1063         """
1064         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1065
1066     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1067         """
1068         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1069
1070         Subtract pt from this object.
1071         """
1072         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1073
1074     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1075         """
1076         Set(self, long x, long y)
1077
1078         Set both the x and y properties
1079         """
1080         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1081
1082     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1083         """
1084         Get() -> (x,y)
1085
1086         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1087         """
1088         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1089
1090     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1091     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1092     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1093     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1094     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1095     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1096         if index == 0: self.x = val
1097         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1098         else: raise IndexError
1099     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1100     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1101     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1102
1103 Point_swigregister = _core_.Point_swigregister
1104 Point_swigregister(Point)
1105
1106 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1107
1108 class Rect(object):
1109     """
1110     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1111     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1112     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1113     """
1114     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1115     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1116     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1117         """
1118         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1119
1120         Create a new Rect object.
1121         """
1122         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1123     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1124     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1125     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1126         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1127         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1128
1129     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1130         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1131         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1132
1133     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1134         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1135         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1136
1137     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1138         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1139         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1140
1141     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1142         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1143         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1144
1145     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1146         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1147         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1148
1149     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1150         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1151         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1152
1153     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1154         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1155         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1156
1157     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1158         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1159         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1160
1161     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1162         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1163         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1164
1165     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1166         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1167         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1168
1169     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1170         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1171         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1172
1173     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1174         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1175         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1176
1177     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1178         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1179         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1180
1181     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1182         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1183         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1184
1185     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1186         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1187         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1188
1189     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1190         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1191         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1192
1193     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1194         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1195         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1196
1197     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1198         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1199         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1200
1201     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1202         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1203         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1204
1205     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1206         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1207         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1208
1209     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1210         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1211         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1212
1213     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1214         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1215         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1216
1217     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1218         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1219         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1220
1221     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1222         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1223         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1224
1225     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1226     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1227     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1228     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1229     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1230     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1231
1232     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1233         """
1234         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1235
1236         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1237
1238         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1239         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1240         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1241         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1242         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1243         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1244         direction.
1245
1246         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1247         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1248         first::
1249
1250             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1251             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1252
1253
1254         """
1255         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1256
1257     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1258         """
1259         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1260
1261         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1262         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1263         `Inflate` for a full description.
1264         """
1265         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1266
1267     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1268         """
1269         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1270
1271         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1272         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1273         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1274         """
1275         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1276
1277     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1278         """
1279         Offset(self, Point pt)
1280
1281         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1282         """
1283         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1284
1285     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1286         """
1287         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1288
1289         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1290         """
1291         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1292
1293     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1294         """
1295         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1296
1297         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1298         """
1299         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1300
1301     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1302         """
1303         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1304
1305         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1306         """
1307         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1308
1309     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1310         """
1311         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1312
1313         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1314         """
1315         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1316
1317     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1318         """
1319         __eq__(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1320
1321         Test for equality.
1322         """
1323         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1324
1325     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1326         """
1327         __ne__(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1328
1329         Test for inequality.
1330         """
1331         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1332
1333     def InsideXY(*args, **kwargs):
1334         """
1335         InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1336
1337         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1338         """
1339         return _core_.Rect_InsideXY(*args, **kwargs)
1340
1341     def Inside(*args, **kwargs):
1342         """
1343         Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool
1344
1345         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1346         """
1347         return _core_.Rect_Inside(*args, **kwargs)
1348
1349     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1350         """
1351         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1352
1353         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1354         """
1355         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1356
1357     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1358         """
1359         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1360
1361         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1362         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1363         """
1364         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1365
1366     CentreIn = CenterIn
1367     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1368     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1369     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1370     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1371     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1372         """
1373         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1374
1375         Set all rectangle properties.
1376         """
1377         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1378
1379     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1380         """
1381         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1382
1383         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1384         """
1385         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1386
1387     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1388     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1389     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1390     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1391     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1392     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1393         if index == 0: self.x = val
1394         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1395         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1396         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1397         else: raise IndexError
1398     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1399     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1400     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1401
1402 Rect_swigregister = _core_.Rect_swigregister
1403 Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1404
1405 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1406     """
1407     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1408
1409     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1410     """
1411     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1412     return val
1413
1414 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1415     """
1416     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1417
1418     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1419     """
1420     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1421     return val
1422
1423 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1424     """
1425     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1426
1427     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1428     """
1429     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1430     return val
1431
1432
1433 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1434   """
1435     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1436
1437     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1438     """
1439   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1440 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1441
1442 class Point2D(object):
1443     """
1444     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1445     with floating point values.
1446     """
1447     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1448     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1449     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1450         """
1451         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1452
1453         Create a w.Point2D object.
1454         """
1455         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1456     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1457         """
1458         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1459
1460         Convert to integer
1461         """
1462         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1463
1464     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1465         """
1466         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1467
1468         Convert to integer
1469         """
1470         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1471
1472     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1473         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1474         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1475
1476     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1477         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1478         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1479
1480     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1481         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1482         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1483
1484     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1485         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1486         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1487
1488     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1489         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1490         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1491     def Normalize(self):
1492         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1493
1494     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1495         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1496         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1497
1498     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1499         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1500         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1501
1502     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1503         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1504         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1505
1506     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1507         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1508         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1509
1510     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1511         """
1512         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1513
1514         the reflection of this point
1515         """
1516         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1517
1518     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1519         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1520         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1521
1522     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1523         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1524         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1525
1526     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1527         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1528         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1529
1530     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1531         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1532         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1533
1534     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1535         """
1536         __eq__(self, Point2D pt) -> bool
1537
1538         Test for equality
1539         """
1540         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1541
1542     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1543         """
1544         __ne__(self, Point2D pt) -> bool
1545
1546         Test for inequality
1547         """
1548         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1549
1550     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1551     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1552     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1553         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1554         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1555
1556     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1557         """
1558         Get() -> (x,y)
1559
1560         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1561         """
1562         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1563
1564     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1565     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1566     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1567     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1568     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1569     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1570         if index == 0: self.x = val
1571         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1572         else: raise IndexError
1573     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1574     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1575     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1576
1577 Point2D_swigregister = _core_.Point2D_swigregister
1578 Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1579
1580 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1581     """
1582     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1583
1584     Create a w.Point2D object.
1585     """
1586     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1587     return val
1588
1589 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1590     """
1591     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1592
1593     Create a w.Point2D object.
1594     """
1595     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1596     return val
1597
1598 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1599
1600 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1601 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1602 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1603 class InputStream(object):
1604     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1605     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1606     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1607     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1608         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1609         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1610     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1611     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1612     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1613         """close(self)"""
1614         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1615
1616     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1617         """flush(self)"""
1618         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1619
1620     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1621         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1622         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1623
1624     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1625         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1626         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1627
1628     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1629         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1630         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1631
1632     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1633         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1634         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1635
1636     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1637         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1638         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1639
1640     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1641         """tell(self) -> int"""
1642         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1643
1644     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1645         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1646         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1647
1648     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1649         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1650         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1651
1652     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1653         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1654         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1655
1656     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1657         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1658         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1659
1660     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1661         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1662         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1663
1664     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1665         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1666         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1667
1668     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1669         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1670         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1671
1672     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1673         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1674         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1675
1676 InputStream_swigregister = _core_.InputStream_swigregister
1677 InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1678 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1679 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1680
1681 class OutputStream(object):
1682     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1683     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1684     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1685     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1686     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1687         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1688         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1689
1690     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1691         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1692         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1693
1694 OutputStream_swigregister = _core_.OutputStream_swigregister
1695 OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1696
1697 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1698
1699 class FSFile(Object):
1700     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1701     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1702     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1703     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1704         """
1705         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1706             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1707         """
1708         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1709         self.thisown = 0   # It will normally be deleted by the user of the wx.FileSystem
1710
1711     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1712     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1713     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1714         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1715         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1716
1717     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1718         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1719         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1720
1721     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1722         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1723         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1724
1725     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1726         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1727         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1728
1729     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1730         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1731         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1732
1733 FSFile_swigregister = _core_.FSFile_swigregister
1734 FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1735
1736 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1737     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1738     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1739     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1740     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1741     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1742     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1743 CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister = _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister
1744 CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1745
1746 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1747     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1748     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1749     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1750     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1751         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1752         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1753         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1754
1755     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1756         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1757         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1758
1759     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1760         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1761         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1762
1763     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1764         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1765         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1766
1767     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1768         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1769         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1770
1771     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1772         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1773         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1774
1775     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1776         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1777         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1778
1779     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1780         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1781         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1782
1783     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1784         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1785         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1786
1787     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1788         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1789         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1790
1791     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1792         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1793         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1794
1795 FileSystemHandler_swigregister = _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister
1796 FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1797
1798 class FileSystem(Object):
1799     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1800     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1801     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1802     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1803         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1804         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1805     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1806     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1807     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1808         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1809         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1810
1811     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1812         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1813         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1814
1815     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1816         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1817         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1818
1819     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1820         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1821         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1822
1823     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1824         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1825         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1826
1827     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1828         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1829         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1830
1831     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1832     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1833         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1834         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1835
1836     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1837     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1838         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1839         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1840
1841     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1842     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1843         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1844         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1845
1846     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1847 FileSystem_swigregister = _core_.FileSystem_swigregister
1848 FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1849
1850 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1851   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1852   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1853
1854 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1855   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1856   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1857
1858 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1859   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1860   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1861
1862 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1863   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1864   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1865
1866 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1867     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1868     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1869     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1870     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1871         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1872         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1873     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1874         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1875         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1876
1877     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1878         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1879         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1880
1881 InternetFSHandler_swigregister = _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister
1882 InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1883
1884 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1885     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1886     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1887     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1888     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1889         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1890         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1891     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1892         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1893         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1894
1895     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1896         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1897         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1898
1899     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1900         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1901         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1902
1903     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1904         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1905         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1906
1907 ZipFSHandler_swigregister = _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister
1908 ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1909
1910
1911 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1912   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1913   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1914
1915 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1916   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1917   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1918
1919 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1920   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1921   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1922 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1923     """
1924     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1925     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1926     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1927     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1928     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1929     """
1930     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1931         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1932     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1933         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1934     elif type(dataItem) == str:
1935         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
1936     else:
1937         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
1938
1939 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1940     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
1941     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1942     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1943     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1944         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
1945         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1946     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1947         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1948         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1949
1950     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
1951     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
1952     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1953         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1954         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1955
1956     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1957         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1958         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1959
1960     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1961         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1962         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1963
1964     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1965         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1966         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1967
1968 MemoryFSHandler_swigregister = _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister
1969 MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
1970
1971 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1972   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1973   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1974
1975 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
1976 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
1977 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
1978 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1979
1980 class ImageHandler(Object):
1981     """
1982     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
1983     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
1984     normally seen by the application.
1985     """
1986     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1987     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1988     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1989     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
1990         """GetName(self) -> String"""
1991         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
1992
1993     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1994         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
1995         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1996
1997     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
1998         """GetType(self) -> long"""
1999         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
2000
2001     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2002         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2003         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2004
2005     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2006         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
2007         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2008
2009     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2010         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2011         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2012
2013     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2014         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2015         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2016
2017     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2018         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2019         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2020
2021     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2022         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2023         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2024
2025 ImageHandler_swigregister = _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister
2026 ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2027
2028 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2029     """
2030     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2031     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2032     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2033     the following methods::
2034
2035         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2036             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2037
2038         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2039             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2040
2041         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2042             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2043                this handler's image file format.'''
2044
2045         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2046             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2047                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2048
2049     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2050     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2051     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2052
2053     """
2054     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2055     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2056     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2057         """
2058         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2059
2060         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2061         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2062         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2063         the following methods::
2064
2065             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2066                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2067
2068             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2069                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2070
2071             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2072                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2073                    this handler's image file format.'''
2074
2075             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2076                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2077                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2078
2079         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2080         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2081         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2082
2083         """
2084         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2085         self._SetSelf(self)
2086
2087     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2088         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2089         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2090
2091 PyImageHandler_swigregister = _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister
2092 PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2093
2094 class ImageHistogram(object):
2095     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2096     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2097     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2098     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2099         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2100         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2101     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2102         """
2103         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2104
2105         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2106         """
2107         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2108
2109     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2110     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2111         """
2112         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2113
2114         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2115         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2116         success flag and rgb values.
2117         """
2118         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2119
2120     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2121         """
2122         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2123
2124         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2125         key value from a RGB tripple.
2126         """
2127         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2128
2129     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2130         """
2131         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2132
2133         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2134         """
2135         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2136
2137     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2138         """
2139         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2140
2141         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2142         """
2143         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2144
2145 ImageHistogram_swigregister = _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister
2146 ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2147
2148 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2149   """
2150     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2151
2152     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2153     """
2154   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2155
2156 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2157     """
2158     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2159     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2160     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2161     color space.
2162     """
2163     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2164     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2165     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2166         """
2167         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2168
2169         Constructor.
2170         """
2171         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2172     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2173     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2174     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2175 Image_RGBValue_swigregister = _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister
2176 Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2177
2178 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2179     """
2180     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2181     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2182     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2183     color space.
2184     """
2185     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2186     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2187     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2188         """
2189         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2190
2191         Constructor.
2192         """
2193         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2194     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2195     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2196     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2197 Image_HSVValue_swigregister = _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister
2198 Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2199
2200 class Image(Object):
2201     """
2202     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2203     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2204     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2205     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2206
2207     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2208     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2209     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2210     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2211
2212     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2213     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2214     bitmap object.
2215
2216     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2217     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2218     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2219     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2220     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2221
2222     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2223     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2224     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2225     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2226     """
2227     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2228     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2229     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2230         """
2231         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2232
2233         Loads an image from a file.
2234         """
2235         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2236     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2237     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2238     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2239         """
2240         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2241
2242         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2243         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2244         """
2245         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2246
2247     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2248         """
2249         Destroy(self)
2250
2251         Destroys the image data.
2252         """
2253         val = _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2254         args[0].thisown = 0
2255         return val
2256
2257     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2258         """
2259         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2260
2261         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2262         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2263         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2264         """
2265         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2266
2267     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2268         """
2269         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2270
2271         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2272         """
2273         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2274
2275     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2276         """
2277         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2278
2279         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2280         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2281
2282         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2283         """
2284         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2285
2286     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2287         """
2288         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2289
2290         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2291         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2292         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2293         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2294         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2295         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2296         newly exposed areas.
2297
2298         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2299         """
2300         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2301
2302     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2303         """
2304         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2305
2306         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2307         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2308         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2309         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2310         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2311         """
2312         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2313
2314     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2315         """
2316         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2317
2318         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2319         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2320         safe way to manipulate the data.
2321         """
2322         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2323
2324     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2325         """
2326         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2327
2328         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2329         """
2330         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2331
2332     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2333         """
2334         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2335
2336         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2337         """
2338         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2339
2340     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2341         """
2342         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2343
2344         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2345         """
2346         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2347
2348     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2349         """
2350         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2351
2352         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2353         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2354         for this.
2355         """
2356         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2357
2358     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2359         """
2360         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2361
2362         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2363         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2364         this.
2365
2366         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2367         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2368         the fully opaque pixels.
2369         """
2370         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2371
2372     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2373         """
2374         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2375
2376         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2377         """
2378         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2379
2380     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2381         """
2382         InitAlpha(self)
2383
2384         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2385         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2386         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2387         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2388         """
2389         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2390
2391     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2392         """
2393         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2394
2395         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2396         than the spcified threshold.
2397         """
2398         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2399
2400     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2401         """
2402         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2403
2404         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2405         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2406         success flag and rgb values.
2407         """
2408         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2409
2410     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2411         """
2412         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2413
2414         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2415         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2416         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2417         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2418
2419         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2420         nothing.
2421         """
2422         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2423
2424     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2425         """
2426         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2427
2428         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2429         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2430         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2431         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2432         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2433         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2434         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2435         """
2436         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2437
2438     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2439         """
2440         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2441
2442         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2443         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2444         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2445         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2446         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2447
2448         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2449         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2450         mask was successfully applied.
2451
2452         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2453         computationally intensive operation.
2454         """
2455         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2456
2457     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2458         """
2459         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2460
2461         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2462         """
2463         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2464
2465     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2466     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2467         """
2468         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2469
2470         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2471         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2472         the number of available images.
2473         """
2474         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2475
2476     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2477     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2478         """
2479         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2480
2481         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2482         library will try to autodetect the format.
2483         """
2484         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2485
2486     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2487         """
2488         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2489
2490         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2491         string.
2492         """
2493         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2494
2495     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2496         """
2497         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2498
2499         Saves an image in the named file.
2500         """
2501         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2502
2503     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2504         """
2505         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2506
2507         Saves an image in the named file.
2508         """
2509         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2510
2511     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2512         """
2513         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2514
2515         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2516         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2517         object.
2518         """
2519         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2520
2521     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2522     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2523         """
2524         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2525
2526         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2527         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2528         autodetect the format.
2529         """
2530         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2531
2532     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2533         """
2534         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2535
2536         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2537         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2538         """
2539         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2540
2541     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
2542         """
2543         Ok(self) -> bool
2544
2545         Returns true if image data is present.
2546         """
2547         return _core_.Image_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
2548
2549     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2550         """
2551         GetWidth(self) -> int
2552
2553         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2554         """
2555         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2556
2557     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2558         """
2559         GetHeight(self) -> int
2560
2561         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2562         """
2563         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2564
2565     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2566         """
2567         GetSize(self) -> Size
2568
2569         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2570         """
2571         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2572
2573     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2574         """
2575         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2576
2577         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2578         entirely to the image.
2579         """
2580         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2581
2582     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2583         """
2584         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2585
2586         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2587         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2588         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2589         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2590         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2591         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2592         newly exposed areas.
2593         """
2594         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2595
2596     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2597         """
2598         Copy(self) -> Image
2599
2600         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2601         """
2602         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2603
2604     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2605         """
2606         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2607
2608         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2609         and any out of bounds problems.
2610         """
2611         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2612
2613     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2614         """
2615         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2616
2617         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2618         """
2619         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2620
2621     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2622         """
2623         SetData(self, buffer data)
2624
2625         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2626         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2627         the data must be width*height*3.
2628         """
2629         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2630
2631     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2632         """
2633         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2634
2635         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2636         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2637         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2638         """
2639         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2640
2641     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2642         """
2643         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2644
2645         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2646         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2647         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2648         """
2649         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2650
2651     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2652         """
2653         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2654
2655         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2656         """
2657         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2658
2659     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2660         """
2661         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2662
2663         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2664         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2665         data must be width*height.
2666         """
2667         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2668
2669     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2670         """GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject"""
2671         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2672
2673     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2674         """SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)"""
2675         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2676
2677     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2678         """
2679         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2680
2681         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2682         mask).
2683         """
2684         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2685
2686     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2687         """
2688         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2689
2690         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2691         """
2692         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2693
2694     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2695         """
2696         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2697
2698         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2699         """
2700         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2701
2702     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2703         """
2704         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2705
2706         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2707         """
2708         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2709
2710     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2711         """
2712         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2713
2714         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2715         """
2716         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2717
2718     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2719         """
2720         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2721
2722         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2723         determined by the current mask colour.
2724         """
2725         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2726
2727     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2728         """
2729         HasMask(self) -> bool
2730
2731         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2732         """
2733         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2734
2735     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2736         """
2737         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2738             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2739
2740         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2741         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2742         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2743         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2744         will be used as the fill colour.
2745
2746         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2747         """
2748         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2749
2750     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2751         """
2752         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2753
2754         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2755         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2756         """
2757         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2758
2759     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2760         """
2761         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2762
2763         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2764         indicates the orientation.
2765         """
2766         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2767
2768     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2769         """
2770         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2771
2772         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2773         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2774         """
2775         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2776
2777     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2778         """
2779         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2780
2781         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2782         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2783         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2784         """
2785         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2786
2787     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2788         """
2789         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2790
2791         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2792         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2793         colour everywhere else.
2794         """
2795         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2796
2797     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2798         """
2799         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2800
2801         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2802         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2803         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2804         """
2805         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2806
2807     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2808         """
2809         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2810
2811         Sets an image option as an integer.
2812         """
2813         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2814
2815     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2816         """
2817         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2818
2819         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2820         """
2821         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2822
2823     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2824         """
2825         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2826
2827         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2828         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2829         """
2830         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2831
2832     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2833         """
2834         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2835
2836         Returns true if the given option is present.
2837         """
2838         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2839
2840     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2841         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2842         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2843
2844     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2845         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2846         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2847
2848     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2849         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2850         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2851
2852     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2853     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2854         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2855         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2856
2857     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2858     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2859         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2860         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2861
2862     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2863     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2864         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2865         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2866
2867     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2868     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2869         """
2870         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2871
2872         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2873         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2874         dialog boxes.
2875         """
2876         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
2877
2878     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
2879     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2880         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
2881         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2882
2883     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2884         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
2885         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2886
2887     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
2888         """
2889         RotateHue(self, double angle)
2890
2891         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
2892         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
2893         """
2894         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
2895
2896     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
2897         """
2898         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
2899
2900         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
2901         """
2902         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
2903
2904     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
2905     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2906         """
2907         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
2908
2909         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
2910         """
2911         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2912
2913     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
2914     def __nonzero__(self): return self.Ok()
2915 Image_swigregister = _core_.Image_swigregister
2916 Image_swigregister(Image)
2917
2918 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
2919     """
2920     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2921
2922     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
2923     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
2924     """
2925     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
2926     return val
2927
2928 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
2929     """
2930     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2931
2932     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2933     object.
2934     """
2935     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
2936     return val
2937
2938 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
2939     """
2940     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2941
2942     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2943     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
2944     """
2945     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
2946     return val
2947
2948 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
2949     """
2950     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
2951
2952     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
2953     pixels to black.
2954     """
2955     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
2956     return val
2957
2958 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2959     """
2960     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
2961
2962     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
2963     """
2964     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2965     return val
2966
2967 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
2968     """
2969     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
2970
2971     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
2972     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
2973     must be width*height*3.
2974     """
2975     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
2976     return val
2977
2978 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2979     """
2980     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
2981
2982     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
2983     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
2984     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
2985     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
2986     """
2987     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2988     return val
2989
2990 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2991   """
2992     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2993
2994     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2995     """
2996   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2997
2998 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2999   """
3000     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
3001
3002     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3003     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3004     the number of available images.
3005     """
3006   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
3007
3008 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
3009   """
3010     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3011
3012     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3013     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3014     object.
3015     """
3016   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3017
3018 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3019   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3020   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3021
3022 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3023   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3024   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3025
3026 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3027   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3028   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3029
3030 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3031   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3032   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3033
3034 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3035   """
3036     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3037
3038     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3039     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3040     dialog boxes.
3041     """
3042   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3043
3044 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3045   """
3046     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3047
3048     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3049     """
3050   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3051
3052 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3053   """
3054     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3055
3056     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3057     """
3058   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3059
3060 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3061     """
3062     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3063     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3064     """
3065     pass
3066
3067 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3068 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3069 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3070 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3071 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3072 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3073 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3074 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3075 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3076 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3077 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3078 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3079 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3080 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3081 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3082     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3083     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3084     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3085     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3086         """
3087         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3088
3089         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3090         """
3091         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3092 BMPHandler_swigregister = _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister
3093 BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3094 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3095 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3096 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3097 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3098 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3099 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3100 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3101 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3102 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3103 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3104 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3105 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3106 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3107 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3108 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3109 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3110
3111 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3112     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3113     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3114     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3115     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3116         """
3117         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3118
3119         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3120         """
3121         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3122 ICOHandler_swigregister = _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister
3123 ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3124
3125 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3126     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3127     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3128     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3129     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3130         """
3131         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3132
3133         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3134         """
3135         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3136 CURHandler_swigregister = _core_.CURHandler_swigregister
3137 CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3138
3139 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3140     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3141     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3142     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3143     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3144         """
3145         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3146
3147         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3148         """
3149         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3150 ANIHandler_swigregister = _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister
3151 ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3152
3153 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3154     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3155     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3156     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3157     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3158         """
3159         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3160
3161         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3162         """
3163         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3164 PNGHandler_swigregister = _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister
3165 PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3166
3167 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3168     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3169     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3170     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3171     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3172         """
3173         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3174
3175         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3176         """
3177         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3178 GIFHandler_swigregister = _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister
3179 GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3180
3181 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3182     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3183     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3184     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3185     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3186         """
3187         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3188
3189         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3190         """
3191         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3192 PCXHandler_swigregister = _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister
3193 PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3194
3195 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3196     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3197     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3198     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3199     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3200         """
3201         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3202
3203         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3204         """
3205         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3206 JPEGHandler_swigregister = _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister
3207 JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3208
3209 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3210     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3211     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3212     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3213     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3214         """
3215         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3216
3217         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3218         """
3219         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3220 PNMHandler_swigregister = _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister
3221 PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3222
3223 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3224     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3225     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3226     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3227     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3228         """
3229         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3230
3231         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3232         """
3233         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3234 XPMHandler_swigregister = _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister
3235 XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3236
3237 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3238     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3239     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3240     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3241     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3242         """
3243         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3244
3245         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3246         """
3247         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3248 TIFFHandler_swigregister = _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister
3249 TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3250
3251 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3252 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3253 class Quantize(object):
3254     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3255     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3256     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3257     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3258     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3259         """
3260         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3261
3262         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3263         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3264         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3265         """
3266         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3267
3268     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3269 Quantize_swigregister = _core_.Quantize_swigregister
3270 Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3271
3272 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3273   """
3274     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3275
3276     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3277     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3278     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3279     """
3280   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3281
3282 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3283
3284 class EvtHandler(Object):
3285     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3286     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3287     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3288     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3289         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3290         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3291     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3292         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3293         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3294
3295     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3296         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3297         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3298
3299     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3300         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3301         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3302
3303     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3304         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3305         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3306
3307     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3308         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3309         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3310
3311     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3312         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3313         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3314
3315     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3316         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3317         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3318
3319     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3320         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3321         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3322
3323     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3324         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3325         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3326
3327     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3328         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3329         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3330
3331     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3332         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3333         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3334
3335     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3336         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3337         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3338         args[0].thisown = 0
3339         return val
3340
3341     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3342         """
3343         Bind an event to an event handler.
3344
3345         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3346                       type of event to bind,
3347
3348         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3349                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3350                       disconnect an event handler.
3351
3352         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3353                       different window than self, but you still
3354                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3355                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3356                       passing the source of the event, the event
3357                       handling system is able to differentiate
3358                       between the same event type from different
3359                       controls.
3360
3361         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3362                    of instance.
3363
3364         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3365                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3366         """
3367         if source is not None:
3368             id  = source.GetId()
3369         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3370
3371     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3372         """
3373         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3374         Returns True if successful.
3375         """
3376         if source is not None:
3377             id  = source.GetId()
3378         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3379
3380 EvtHandler_swigregister = _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister
3381 EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3382
3383 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3384
3385 class PyEventBinder(object):
3386     """
3387     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3388     handlers.
3389     """
3390     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3391         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3392             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3393         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3394
3395         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3396             self.evtType = evtType
3397         else:
3398             self.evtType = [evtType]
3399
3400
3401     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3402         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3403         for et in self.evtType:
3404             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3405
3406
3407     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3408         """Remove an event binding."""
3409         success = 0
3410         for et in self.evtType:
3411             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3412         return success != 0
3413
3414
3415     def __call__(self, *args):
3416         """
3417         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3418         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3419         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3420         type of the event.
3421         """
3422         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3423         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3424         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3425         target = args[0]
3426         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3427             func = args[1]
3428         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3429             id1 = args[1]
3430             func = args[2]
3431         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3432             id1 = args[1]
3433             id2 = args[2]
3434             func = args[3]
3435         else:
3436             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3437
3438         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3439
3440
3441 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3442 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3443     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3444 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3445     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3446
3447
3448 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3449
3450 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3451
3452 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3453 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3454
3455 def NewEventType(*args):
3456   """NewEventType() -> wxEventType"""
3457   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3458 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3459 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3460 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3461 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3462 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3463 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3464 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3465 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3466 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3467 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3468 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3469 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3470 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3471 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3472 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3473 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3474 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3475 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3476 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3477 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3478 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3479 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3480 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3481 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3482 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3483 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3484 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3485 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3486 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3487 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3488 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3489 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3490 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3491 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3492 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3493 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3494 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3495 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3496 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3497 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3498 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3499 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3500 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3501 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3502 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3503 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3504 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3505 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3506 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3507 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3508 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3509 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3510 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3511 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3512 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3513 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3514 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3515 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3516 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3517 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3518 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3519 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3520 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3521 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3522 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3523 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3524 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3525 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3526 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3527 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3528 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3529 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3530 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3531 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3532 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3533 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3534 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3535 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3536 wxEVT_POWER = _core_.wxEVT_POWER
3537 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3538 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3539 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3540 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3541 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3542 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3543 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3544 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3545 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3546 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3547 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3548 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3549 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3550 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3551 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3552 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3553 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3554 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3555 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3556 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3557 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3558 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3559 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3560 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3561 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3562 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3563 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3564 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3565 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3566 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3567 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3568 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3569 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3570 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3571 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3572 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3573 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3574 #
3575 # Create some event binders
3576 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3577 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3578 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3579 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3580 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3581 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3582 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3583 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3584 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3585 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3586 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3587 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3588 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3589 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3590 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3591 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3592 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3593 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3594 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3595 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3596 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3597 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3598 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3599 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3600 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3601 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3602 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3603 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3604 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3605 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3606 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3607 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3608 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3609 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3610 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3611 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3612 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3613 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3614 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3615 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3616 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3617
3618 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3619 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3620 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3621 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3622 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3623 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3624 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3625 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3626 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3627 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3628 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3629 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3630 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3631
3632 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3633                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3634                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3635                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3636                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3637                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3638                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3639                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3640                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3641                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3642                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3643                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3644                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3645                                      ])
3646
3647
3648 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3649 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3650                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3651                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3652                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3653                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3654                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3655                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3656                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3657                                   ])
3658
3659 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3660 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3661 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3662 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3663 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3664 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3665 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3666 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3667
3668 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3669 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3670                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3671                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3672                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3673                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3674                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3675                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3676                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3677                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3678                                ])
3679
3680 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3681 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3682 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3683 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3684 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3685 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3686 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3687 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3688 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3689 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3690
3691 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3692 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3693                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3694                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3695                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3696                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3697                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3698                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3699                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3700                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3701                                        ], 1)
3702
3703 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3704 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3705 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3706 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3707 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3708 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3709 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3710 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3711 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3712 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3713
3714 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3715 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3716 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3717 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3718 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3719 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3720 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3721 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3722 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3723 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3724
3725 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3726 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3727 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3728 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3729 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3730 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3731 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3732 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3733 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3734
3735
3736 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3737 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3738 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3739 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3740 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3741 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3742 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3743
3744 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3745
3746 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3747 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3748
3749 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3750
3751
3752
3753 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3754
3755 class Event(Object):
3756     """
3757     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3758     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3759     other event classes
3760     """
3761     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3762     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3763     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3764     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3765     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3766     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3767         """
3768         SetEventType(self, wxEventType typ)
3769
3770         Sets the specific type of the event.
3771         """
3772         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3773
3774     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3775         """
3776         GetEventType(self) -> wxEventType
3777
3778         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3779         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3780         """
3781         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3782
3783     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3784         """
3785         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3786
3787         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3788         any.
3789         """
3790         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3791
3792     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3793         """
3794         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3795
3796         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3797         object that is sending the event.
3798         """
3799         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3800
3801     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3802         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3803         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3804
3805     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3806         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3807         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3808
3809     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3810         """
3811         GetId(self) -> int
3812
3813         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3814         command id.
3815         """
3816         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3817
3818     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3819         """
3820         SetId(self, int Id)
3821
3822         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
3823         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
3824         item, etc.
3825         """
3826         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
3827
3828     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3829         """
3830         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
3831
3832         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
3833         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
3834         """
3835         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3836
3837     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
3838         """
3839         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
3840
3841         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
3842         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
3843         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
3844         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
3845         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
3846         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
3847         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
3848
3849         """
3850         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
3851
3852     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
3853         """
3854         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
3855
3856         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
3857         :see: `Skip`
3858         """
3859         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
3860
3861     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
3862         """
3863         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
3864
3865         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
3866         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
3867         """
3868         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
3869
3870     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3871         """
3872         StopPropagation(self) -> int
3873
3874         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
3875         propagation level value which may be later passed to
3876         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
3877         """
3878         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3879
3880     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3881         """
3882         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
3883
3884         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
3885         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
3886         `StopPropagation`.)
3887
3888         """
3889         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3890
3891     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
3892         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
3893         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
3894
3895 Event_swigregister = _core_.Event_swigregister
3896 Event_swigregister(Event)
3897
3898 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3899
3900 class PropagationDisabler(object):
3901     """
3902     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3903     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3904     propogation of the event will be restored.
3905     """
3906     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3907     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3908     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3909         """
3910         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
3911
3912         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3913         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3914         propogation of the event will be restored.
3915         """
3916         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
3917     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
3918     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3919 PropagationDisabler_swigregister = _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister
3920 PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
3921
3922 class PropagateOnce(object):
3923     """
3924     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3925     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3926     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3927     """
3928     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3929     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3930     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3931         """
3932         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
3933
3934         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3935         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3936         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3937         """
3938         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
3939     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
3940     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3941 PropagateOnce_swigregister = _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister
3942 PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
3943
3944 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3945
3946 class CommandEvent(Event):
3947     """
3948     This event class contains information about command events, which
3949     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3950     toolbars.
3951     """
3952     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3953     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3954     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3955         """
3956         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
3957
3958         This event class contains information about command events, which
3959         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3960         toolbars.
3961         """
3962         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
3963     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3964         """
3965         GetSelection(self) -> int
3966
3967         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3968         for a deselection).
3969         """
3970         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3971
3972     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
3973         """SetString(self, String s)"""
3974         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
3975
3976     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
3977         """
3978         GetString(self) -> String
3979
3980         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3981         for a deselection).
3982         """
3983         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
3984
3985     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
3986         """
3987         IsChecked(self) -> bool
3988
3989         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
3990         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
3991         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
3992         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
3993         makes sense for checkable menu items).
3994         """
3995         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
3996
3997     Checked = IsChecked
3998     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3999         """
4000         IsSelection(self) -> bool
4001
4002         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4003         false if it is a deselection.
4004         """
4005         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4006
4007     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4008         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4009         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4010
4011     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4012         """
4013         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4014
4015         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4016         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4017         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4018         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4019         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4020         listbox must be examined by the application.
4021         """
4022         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4023
4024     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4025         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4026         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4027
4028     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4029         """
4030         GetInt(self) -> long
4031
4032         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4033         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4034         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4035         """
4036         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4037
4038     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4039         """
4040         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4041
4042         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4043         """
4044         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4045
4046     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4047         """
4048         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4049
4050         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4051         """
4052         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4053
4054     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4055     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4056
4057     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4058         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4059         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4060
4061 CommandEvent_swigregister = _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister
4062 CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4063
4064 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4065
4066 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4067     """
4068     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4069     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4070     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4071     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4072     """
4073     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4074     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4075     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4076         """
4077         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4078
4079         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4080         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4081         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4082         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4083         """
4084         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4085     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4086         """
4087         Veto(self)
4088
4089         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4090
4091         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4092         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4093         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4094         """
4095         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4096
4097     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4098         """
4099         Allow(self)
4100
4101         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4102         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4103         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4104         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4105         """
4106         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4107
4108     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4109         """
4110         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4111
4112         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4113         false otherwise (if it was).
4114         """
4115         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4116
4117 NotifyEvent_swigregister = _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister
4118 NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4119
4120 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4121
4122 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4123     """
4124     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4125     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4126     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4127     instead.
4128     """
4129     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4130     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4131     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4132         """
4133         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4134             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4135         """
4136         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4137     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4138         """
4139         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4140
4141         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4142         the scrollbar.
4143         """
4144         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4145
4146     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4147         """
4148         GetPosition(self) -> int
4149
4150         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4151         """
4152         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4153
4154     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4155         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4156         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4157
4158     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4159         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4160         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4161
4162 ScrollEvent_swigregister = _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister
4163 ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4164
4165 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4166
4167 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4168     """
4169     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4170     scrolling windows.
4171     """
4172     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4173     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4174     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4175         """
4176         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4177
4178         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4179         scrolling windows.
4180         """
4181         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4182     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4183         """
4184         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4185
4186         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4187         the scrollbar.
4188         """
4189         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4190
4191     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4192         """
4193         GetPosition(self) -> int
4194
4195         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4196         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4197         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4198         """
4199         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4200
4201     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4202         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4203         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4204
4205     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4206         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4207         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4208
4209 ScrollWinEvent_swigregister = _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister
4210 ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4211
4212 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4213
4214 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4215 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4216 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4217 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4218 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4219 class MouseEvent(Event):
4220     """
4221     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4222     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4223     mouse move events.
4224
4225     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4226     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4227     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4228     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4229     events from it.
4230
4231     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4232     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4233     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4234     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4235     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4236     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4237     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4238     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4239     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4240     """
4241     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4242     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4243     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4244         """
4245         __init__(self, wxEventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4246
4247         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4248
4249             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4250             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4251             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4252             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4253             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4254             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4255             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4256             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4257             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4258             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4259             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4260             * wxEVT_MOTION
4261             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4262         """
4263         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4264     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4265         """
4266         IsButton(self) -> bool
4267
4268         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4269         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4270         """
4271         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4272
4273     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4274         """
4275         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4276
4277         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4278         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4279         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4280         values).
4281         """
4282         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4283
4284     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4285         """
4286         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4287
4288         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4289         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4290         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4291         values).
4292         """
4293         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4294
4295     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4296         """
4297         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4298
4299         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4300         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4301         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4302         """
4303         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4304
4305     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4306         """
4307         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4308
4309         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4310         values of button are:
4311
4312              ====================      =====================================
4313              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4314              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4315              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4316              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4317              ====================      =====================================
4318
4319         """
4320         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4321
4322     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4323         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4324         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4325
4326     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4327         """
4328         GetButton(self) -> int
4329
4330         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4331         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4332         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4333         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4334         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4335         right buttons respectively.
4336         """
4337         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4338
4339     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4340         """
4341         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4342
4343         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4344         """
4345         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4346
4347     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4348         """
4349         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4350
4351         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4352         """
4353         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4354
4355     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4356         """
4357         AltDown(self) -> bool
4358
4359         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4360         """
4361         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4362
4363     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4364         """
4365         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4366
4367         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4368         """
4369         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4370
4371     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4372         """
4373         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4374
4375         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4376         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4377         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4378         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4379         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4380         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4381         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4382         """
4383         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4384
4385     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4386         """
4387         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4388
4389         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4390         """
4391         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4392
4393     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4394         """
4395         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4396
4397         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4398         """
4399         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4400
4401     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4402         """
4403         RightDown(self) -> bool
4404
4405         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4406         """
4407         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4408
4409     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4410         """
4411         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4412
4413         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4414         """
4415         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4416
4417     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4418         """
4419         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4420
4421         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4422         """
4423         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4424
4425     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4426         """
4427         RightUp(self) -> bool
4428
4429         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4430         """
4431         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4432
4433     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4434         """
4435         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4436
4437         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4438         """
4439         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4440
4441     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4442         """
4443         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4444
4445         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4446         """
4447         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4448
4449     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4450         """
4451         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4452
4453         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4454         """
4455         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4456
4457     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4458         """
4459         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4460
4461         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4462         of the current event type.
4463
4464         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4465         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4466         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4467
4468         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4469         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4470         dragging the mouse.
4471         """
4472         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4473
4474     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4475         """
4476         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4477
4478         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4479         of the current event type.
4480         """
4481         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4482
4483     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4484         """
4485         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4486
4487         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4488         of the current event type.
4489         """
4490         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4491
4492     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4493         """
4494         Dragging(self) -> bool
4495
4496         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4497         depressed).
4498         """
4499         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4500
4501     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4502         """
4503         Moving(self) -> bool
4504
4505         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4506         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4507         false and Dragging returns true.
4508         """
4509         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4510
4511     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4512         """
4513         Entering(self) -> bool
4514
4515         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4516         """
4517         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4518
4519     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4520         """
4521         Leaving(self) -> bool
4522
4523         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4524         """
4525         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4526
4527     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4528         """
4529         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4530
4531         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4532         event happened.
4533         """
4534         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4535
4536     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4537         """
4538         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4539
4540         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4541         event happened.
4542         """
4543         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4544
4545     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4546         """
4547         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4548
4549         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4550         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4551         that the window has been scrolled).
4552         """
4553         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4554
4555     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4556         """
4557         GetX(self) -> int
4558
4559         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4560         """
4561         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4562
4563     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4564         """
4565         GetY(self) -> int
4566
4567         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4568         """
4569         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4570
4571     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4572         """
4573         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4574
4575         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4576         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4577         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4578         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4579         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4580         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4581         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4582         """
4583         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4584
4585     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4586         """
4587         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4588
4589         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4590         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4591         should occur for each delta.
4592         """
4593         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4594
4595     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4596         """
4597         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4598
4599         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4600         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4601         """
4602         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4603
4604     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4605         """
4606         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4607
4608         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4609         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4610         """
4611         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4612
4613     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4614     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4615     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4616     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4617     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4618     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4619     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4620     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4621     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4622     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4623     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4624     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4625 MouseEvent_swigregister = _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister
4626 MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4627
4628 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4629
4630 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4631     """
4632     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4633     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4634     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4635     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4636     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4637     """
4638     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4639     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4640     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4641         """
4642         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4643
4644         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4645         """
4646         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4647     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4648         """
4649         GetX(self) -> int
4650
4651         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4652         """
4653         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4654
4655     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4656         """
4657         GetY(self) -> int
4658
4659         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4660         """
4661         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4662
4663     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4664         """
4665         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4666
4667         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4668         """
4669         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4670
4671     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4672         """
4673         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4674
4675         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4676         """
4677         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4678
4679     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4680         """
4681         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4682
4683         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4684         """
4685         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4686
4687 SetCursorEvent_swigregister = _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister
4688 SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4689
4690 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4691
4692 class KeyEvent(Event):
4693     """
4694     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4695     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4696     the keyboard focus.
4697
4698     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4699     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4700     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4701     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4702     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4703     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4704     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4705     corresponding to each down one.
4706
4707     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4708     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4709     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4710     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4711     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4712     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4713     example.
4714
4715     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4716     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4717     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4718     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4719     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4720     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4721     well.
4722
4723     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4724     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4725     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4726     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4727     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4728     by the system itself.
4729
4730     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4731     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4732     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4733     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4734
4735     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4736     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4737     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4738     focus.
4739
4740     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4741     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4742     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4743     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4744
4745     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4746     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4747     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4748     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4749
4750     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4751     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4752     work under Windows.
4753
4754     """
4755     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4756     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4757     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4758         """
4759         __init__(self, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4760
4761         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4762             *
4763         """
4764         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4765     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4766         """
4767         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4768
4769         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4770         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4771         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4772         example::
4773
4774             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4775                 DoSomething()
4776
4777         """
4778         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4779
4780     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4781         """
4782         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4783
4784         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4785         """
4786         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4787
4788     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4789         """
4790         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4791
4792         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4793         """
4794         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4795
4796     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4797         """
4798         AltDown(self) -> bool
4799
4800         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4801         """
4802         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4803
4804     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4805         """
4806         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4807
4808         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4809         """
4810         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4811
4812     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4813         """
4814         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4815
4816         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4817         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4818         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4819         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4820         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
4821         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4822         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4823         """
4824         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4825
4826     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4827         """
4828         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
4829
4830         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
4831         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
4832         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
4833         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
4834         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
4835         normally).
4836         """
4837         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4838
4839     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4840         """
4841         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
4842
4843         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
4844         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
4845         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
4846         codes.
4847
4848         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
4849         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
4850         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
4851         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
4852         """
4853         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4854
4855     KeyCode = GetKeyCode
4856     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4857         """
4858         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
4859
4860         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
4861         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
4862         """
4863         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4864
4865     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
4866     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4867         """
4868         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
4869
4870         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
4871         scan code which should only be used in advanced
4872         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
4873         ports.
4874         """
4875         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4876
4877     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
4878         """
4879         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
4880
4881         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
4882         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
4883         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
4884         """
4885         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
4886
4887     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4888         """
4889         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4890
4891         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4892         """
4893         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4894
4895     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4896         """
4897         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4898
4899         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4900         """
4901         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4902
4903     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4904         """
4905         GetX(self) -> int
4906
4907         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4908         applicable.
4909         """
4910         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4911
4912     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4913         """
4914         GetY(self) -> int
4915
4916         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4917         applicable.
4918         """
4919         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4920
4921     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
4922     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
4923     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
4924     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4925     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4926     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
4927     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4928     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
4929     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
4930     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
4931 KeyEvent_swigregister = _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister
4932 KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
4933
4934 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4935
4936 class SizeEvent(Event):
4937     """
4938     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
4939     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
4940     been resized.
4941
4942     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
4943     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
4944     application.
4945
4946     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
4947     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
4948     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
4949     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
4950     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
4951     invalidate the entire window.
4952
4953     """
4954     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4955     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4956     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4957         """
4958         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
4959
4960         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
4961         """
4962         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4963     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4964         """
4965         GetSize(self) -> Size
4966
4967         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
4968         event.
4969         """
4970         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4971
4972     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4973         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4974         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4975
4976     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4977         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4978         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4979
4980     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4981         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
4982         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4983
4984     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
4985     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
4986 SizeEvent_swigregister = _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister
4987 SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
4988
4989 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4990
4991 class MoveEvent(Event):
4992     """
4993     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
4994     moved to a new position.
4995     """
4996     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4997     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4998     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4999         """
5000         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5001
5002         Constructor.
5003         """
5004         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5005     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5006         """
5007         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5008
5009         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5010         """
5011         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5012
5013     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5014         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5015         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5016
5017     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5018         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5019         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5020
5021     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5022         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5023         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5024
5025     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5026     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5027
5028 MoveEvent_swigregister = _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister
5029 MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5030
5031 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5032
5033 class PaintEvent(Event):
5034     """
5035     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5036     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5037     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5038     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5039     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5040
5041     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5042     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5043     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5044     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5045     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5046     scrolled units.
5047
5048     """
5049     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5050     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5051     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5052         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5053         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5054 PaintEvent_swigregister = _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister
5055 PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5056
5057 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5058     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5059     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5060     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5061     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5062         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5063         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5064 NcPaintEvent_swigregister = _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister
5065 NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5066
5067 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5068
5069 class EraseEvent(Event):
5070     """
5071     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5072     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5073     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5074     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5075
5076     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5077     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5078     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5079
5080     """
5081     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5082     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5083     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5084         """
5085         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5086
5087         Constructor
5088         """
5089         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5090     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5091         """
5092         GetDC(self) -> DC
5093
5094         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5095         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5096         that instead.
5097         """
5098         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5099
5100 EraseEvent_swigregister = _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister
5101 EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5102
5103 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5104
5105 class FocusEvent(Event):
5106     """
5107     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5108     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5109     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5110
5111     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5112     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5113     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5114
5115     """
5116     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5117     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5118     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5119         """
5120         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5121
5122         Constructor
5123         """
5124         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5125     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5126         """
5127         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5128
5129         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5130         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5131         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5132
5133         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5134         """
5135         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5136
5137     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5138         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5139         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5140
5141 FocusEvent_swigregister = _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister
5142 FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5143
5144 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5145
5146 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5147     """
5148     wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the
5149     focus.  Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window
5150     heirarchy.
5151     """
5152     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5153     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5154     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5155         """
5156         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5157
5158         Constructor
5159         """
5160         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5161     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5162         """
5163         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5164
5165         The window which has just received the focus.
5166         """
5167         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5168
5169 ChildFocusEvent_swigregister = _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister
5170 ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5171
5172 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5173
5174 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5175     """
5176     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5177     application is being activated or deactivated.
5178
5179     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5180     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5181     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5182     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5183     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5184     application frames being inactive.
5185
5186     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5187     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5188     doing so can result in strange effects.
5189
5190     """
5191     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5192     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5193     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5194         """
5195         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5196
5197         Constructor
5198         """
5199         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5200     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5201         """
5202         GetActive(self) -> bool
5203
5204         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5205         otherwise.
5206         """
5207         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5208
5209 ActivateEvent_swigregister = _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister
5210 ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5211
5212 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5213
5214 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5215     """
5216     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5217     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5218     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5219     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5220     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5221     """
5222     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5223     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5224     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5225         """
5226         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5227
5228         Constructor
5229         """
5230         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5231 InitDialogEvent_swigregister = _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister
5232 InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5233
5234 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5235
5236 class MenuEvent(Event):
5237     """
5238     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5239     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5240     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5241
5242     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5243     text in the first field of the status bar.
5244     """
5245     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5246     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5247     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5248         """
5249         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5250
5251         Constructor
5252         """
5253         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5254     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5255         """
5256         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5257
5258         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5259         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5260         """
5261         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5262
5263     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5264         """
5265         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5266
5267         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5268         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5269         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5270         """
5271         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5272
5273     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5274         """
5275         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5276
5277         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5278         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5279         """
5280         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5281
5282 MenuEvent_swigregister = _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister
5283 MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5284
5285 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5286
5287 class CloseEvent(Event):
5288     """
5289     This event class contains information about window and session close
5290     events.
5291
5292     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5293     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5294     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5295     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5296     function.
5297
5298     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5299     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5300     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5301     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5302     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5303     files or to cancel the close.
5304
5305     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5306     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5307     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5308     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5309     """
5310     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5311     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5312     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5313         """
5314         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5315
5316         Constructor.
5317         """
5318         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5319     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5320         """
5321         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5322
5323         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5324         """
5325         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5326
5327     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5328         """
5329         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5330
5331         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5332         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5333         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5334         window event.
5335         """
5336         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5337
5338     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5339         """
5340         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5341
5342         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5343         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5344
5345         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5346         """
5347         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5348
5349     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5350         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5351         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5352
5353     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5354         """
5355         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5356
5357         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5358         """
5359         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5360
5361     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5362         """
5363         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5364
5365         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5366         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5367         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5368         must be called to check this.
5369         """
5370         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5371
5372 CloseEvent_swigregister = _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister
5373 CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5374
5375 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5376
5377 class ShowEvent(Event):
5378     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5379     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5380     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5381     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5382         """
5383         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5384
5385         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5386         """
5387         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5388     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5389         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5390         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5391
5392     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5393         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5394         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5395
5396 ShowEvent_swigregister = _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister
5397 ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5398
5399 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5400
5401 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5402     """
5403     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5404     restored.
5405     """
5406     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5407     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5408     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5409         """
5410         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5411
5412         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5413         restored.
5414         """
5415         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5416     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5417         """
5418         Iconized(self) -> bool
5419
5420         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5421         been restored.
5422         """
5423         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5424
5425 IconizeEvent_swigregister = _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister
5426 IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5427
5428 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5429
5430 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5431     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5432     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5433     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5434     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5435         """
5436         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5437
5438         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5439         """
5440         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5441 MaximizeEvent_swigregister = _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister
5442 MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5443
5444 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5445
5446 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5447     """
5448     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5449     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5450     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5451     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5452
5453     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5454     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5455     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5456     dropping files.
5457
5458     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5459     events.
5460
5461     """
5462     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5463     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5464     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5465     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5466         """
5467         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5468
5469         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5470         """
5471         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5472
5473     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5474         """
5475         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5476
5477         Returns the number of files dropped.
5478         """
5479         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5480
5481     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5482         """
5483         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5484
5485         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5486         """
5487         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5488
5489 DropFilesEvent_swigregister = _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister
5490 DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5491
5492 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5493
5494 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5495 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5496 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5497     """
5498     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5499     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5500     interface elements.
5501
5502     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5503     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5504     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5505     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5506     menu item or button.
5507
5508     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5509     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5510     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5511     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5512     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5513     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5514     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5515
5516     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5517     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5518     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5519     update.
5520
5521     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5522     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5523     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5524
5525     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5526     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5527
5528        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5529           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5530           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5531           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5532           events.
5533
5534        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5535           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5536           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5537           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5538           delay before windows are updated.
5539
5540     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5541     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5542     from an internal idle handler.
5543
5544     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5545     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5546     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5547
5548     """
5549     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5550     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5551     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5552         """
5553         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5554
5555         Constructor
5556         """
5557         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5558     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5559         """
5560         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5561
5562         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5563         """
5564         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5565
5566     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5567         """
5568         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5569
5570         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5571         """
5572         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5573
5574     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5575         """
5576         GetShown(self) -> bool
5577
5578         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5579         """
5580         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5581
5582     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5583         """
5584         GetText(self) -> String
5585
5586         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5587         """
5588         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5589
5590     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5591         """
5592         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5593
5594         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5595         wxWidgets internal use only.
5596         """
5597         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5598
5599     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5600         """
5601         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5602
5603         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5604         internal use only.
5605         """
5606         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5607
5608     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5609         """
5610         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5611
5612         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5613         internal use only.
5614         """
5615         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5616
5617     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5618         """
5619         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5620
5621         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5622         internal use only.
5623         """
5624         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5625
5626     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5627         """
5628         Check(self, bool check)
5629
5630         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5631         """
5632         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5633
5634     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5635         """
5636         Enable(self, bool enable)
5637
5638         Enable or disable the UI element.
5639         """
5640         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5641
5642     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5643         """
5644         Show(self, bool show)
5645
5646         Show or hide the UI element.
5647         """
5648         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5649
5650     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5651         """
5652         SetText(self, String text)
5653
5654         Sets the text for this UI element.
5655         """
5656         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5657
5658     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5659         """
5660         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5661
5662         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5663         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5664         default is 0.
5665
5666         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5667         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5668         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5669         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5670         about to be shown.
5671         """
5672         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5673
5674     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5675     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5676         """
5677         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5678
5679         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5680         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5681         """
5682         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5683
5684     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5685     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5686         """
5687         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5688
5689         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5690         to) this window.
5691
5692         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5693         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5694         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5695         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5696         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5697         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5698         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5699         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5700         interval.
5701
5702         """
5703         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5704
5705     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5706     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5707         """
5708         ResetUpdateTime()
5709
5710         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5711         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5712         is called at the end of idle processing.
5713         """
5714         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5715
5716     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5717     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5718         """
5719         SetMode(int mode)
5720
5721         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5722         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5723
5724         The mode may be one of the following values:
5725
5726             =============================   ==========================================
5727             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5728                                             is the default setting.
5729             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5730                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5731                                             style set.
5732             =============================   ==========================================
5733
5734         """
5735         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5736
5737     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5738     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5739         """
5740         GetMode() -> int
5741
5742         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5743         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5744         events.
5745         """
5746         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5747
5748     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5749 UpdateUIEvent_swigregister = _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister
5750 UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5751
5752 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5753   """
5754     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5755
5756     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5757     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5758     default is 0.
5759
5760     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5761     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5762     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5763     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5764     about to be shown.
5765     """
5766   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5767
5768 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5769   """
5770     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5771
5772     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5773     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5774     """
5775   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5776
5777 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5778   """
5779     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5780
5781     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5782     to) this window.
5783
5784     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5785     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5786     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5787     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5788     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5789     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5790     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5791     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5792     interval.
5793
5794     """
5795   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5796
5797 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
5798   """
5799     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
5800
5801     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5802     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5803     is called at the end of idle processing.
5804     """
5805   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
5806
5807 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5808   """
5809     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
5810
5811     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5812     to those which specify that they will process the events.
5813
5814     The mode may be one of the following values:
5815
5816         =============================   ==========================================
5817         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5818                                         is the default setting.
5819         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5820                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5821                                         style set.
5822         =============================   ==========================================
5823
5824     """
5825   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5826
5827 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
5828   """
5829     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
5830
5831     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5832     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5833     events.
5834     """
5835   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
5836
5837 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5838
5839 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
5840     """
5841     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
5842     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
5843     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
5844
5845     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
5846     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
5847     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
5848     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
5849     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
5850
5851     """
5852     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5853     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5854     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5855         """
5856         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
5857
5858         Constructor
5859         """
5860         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5861 SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister = _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister
5862 SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
5863
5864 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5865
5866 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
5867     """
5868     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
5869     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
5870     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
5871     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
5872     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
5873
5874     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5875     """
5876     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5877     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5878     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5879         """
5880         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
5881
5882         Constructor
5883         """
5884         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5885     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5886         """
5887         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
5888
5889         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
5890         non-wxWidgets window.
5891         """
5892         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5893
5894 MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister = _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister
5895 MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
5896
5897 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5898
5899 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
5900     """
5901     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
5902     resolution has changed.
5903
5904     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5905     """
5906     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5907     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5908     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5909         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
5910         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5911 DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister = _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister
5912 DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
5913
5914 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5915
5916 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
5917     """
5918     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5919     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5920     match.
5921
5922     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5923     """
5924     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5925     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5926     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5927         """
5928         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
5929
5930         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5931         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5932         match.
5933
5934         This event is implemented under Windows only.
5935         """
5936         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5937     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5938         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
5939         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5940
5941     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5942         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
5943         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5944
5945 PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister = _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister
5946 PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
5947
5948 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5949
5950 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
5951     """
5952     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
5953     focus and should re-do its palette.
5954
5955     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5956     """
5957     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5958     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5959     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5960         """
5961         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
5962
5963         Constructor.
5964         """
5965         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5966     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5967         """
5968         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
5969
5970         App should set this if it changes the palette.
5971         """
5972         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5973
5974     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5975         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
5976         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5977
5978 QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister = _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister
5979 QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
5980
5981 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5982
5983 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
5984     """
5985     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
5986     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
5987     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
5988     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
5989     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
5990     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
5991     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
5992     """
5993     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5994     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5995     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5996         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
5997         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5998     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
5999         """
6000         GetDirection(self) -> bool
6001
6002         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6003         """
6004         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6005
6006     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6007         """
6008         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6009
6010         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
6011         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6012         """
6013         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6014
6015     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6016         """
6017         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6018
6019         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6020         """
6021         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6022
6023     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6024         """
6025         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6026
6027         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6028         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6029         by using Control-Tab.
6030         """
6031         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6032
6033     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6034         """
6035         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6036
6037         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6038         key.
6039         """
6040         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6041
6042     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6043         """
6044         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6045
6046         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6047         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6048         """
6049         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6050
6051     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6052         """
6053         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6054
6055         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6056
6057             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6058             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6059             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6060             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6061
6062         """
6063         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6064
6065     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6066         """
6067         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6068
6069         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6070         ``None``.
6071         """
6072         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6073
6074     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6075         """
6076         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6077
6078         Set the window that has the focus.
6079         """
6080         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6081
6082     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6083     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6084     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6085     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6086 NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister
6087 NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6088
6089 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6090
6091 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6092     """
6093     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6094     underlying GUI object) exists.
6095     """
6096     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6097     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6098     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6099         """
6100         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6101
6102         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6103         underlying GUI object) exists.
6104         """
6105         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6106     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6107         """
6108         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6109
6110         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6111         """
6112         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6113
6114 WindowCreateEvent_swigregister = _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister
6115 WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6116
6117 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6118     """
6119     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6120     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6121
6122     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6123     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6124     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6125     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6126     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6127     notification of the destruction of another window.
6128     """
6129     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6130     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6131     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6132         """
6133         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6134
6135         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6136         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6137
6138         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6139         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6140         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6141         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6142         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6143         notification of the destruction of another window.
6144         """
6145         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6146     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6147         """
6148         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6149
6150         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6151         """
6152         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6153
6154 WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister = _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister
6155 WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6156
6157 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6158
6159 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6160     """
6161     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6162     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6163     """
6164     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6165     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6166     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6167         """
6168         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6169
6170         Constructor.
6171         """
6172         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6173     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6174         """
6175         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6176
6177         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6178         be shown.
6179         """
6180         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6181
6182     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6183         """
6184         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6185
6186         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6187         """
6188         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6189
6190 ContextMenuEvent_swigregister = _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister
6191 ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6192
6193 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6194
6195 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6196 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6197 class IdleEvent(Event):
6198     """
6199     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6200     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6201     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6202     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6203     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6204     events and then becomes empty again.
6205
6206     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6207     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6208     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6209     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6210     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6211     to those windows and not to any others.
6212     """
6213     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6214     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6215     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6216         """
6217         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6218
6219         Constructor
6220         """
6221         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6222     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6223         """
6224         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6225
6226         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6227         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6228         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6229         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6230         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6231         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6232         system.
6233         """
6234         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6235
6236     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6237         """
6238         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6239
6240         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6241         requested more processing time.
6242         """
6243         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6244
6245     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6246         """
6247         SetMode(int mode)
6248
6249         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6250         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6251         events.
6252
6253         The mode can be one of the following values:
6254
6255             =========================   ========================================
6256             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6257             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6258                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6259                                         flag set.
6260             =========================   ========================================
6261
6262         """
6263         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6264
6265     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6266     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6267         """
6268         GetMode() -> int
6269
6270         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6271         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6272         will process the events.
6273         """
6274         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6275
6276     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6277     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6278         """
6279         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6280
6281         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6282         window.
6283
6284         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6285         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6286         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6287         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6288         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6289         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6290         """
6291         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6292
6293     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6294 IdleEvent_swigregister = _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister
6295 IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6296
6297 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6298   """
6299     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6300
6301     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6302     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6303     events.
6304
6305     The mode can be one of the following values:
6306
6307         =========================   ========================================
6308         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6309         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6310                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6311                                     flag set.
6312         =========================   ========================================
6313
6314     """
6315   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6316
6317 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6318   """
6319     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6320
6321     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6322     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6323     will process the events.
6324     """
6325   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6326
6327 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6328   """
6329     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6330
6331     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6332     window.
6333
6334     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6335     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6336     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6337     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6338     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6339     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6340     """
6341   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6342
6343 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6344
6345 class PyEvent(Event):
6346     """
6347     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6348     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6349     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6350     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6351     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6352
6353     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6354
6355     """
6356     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6357     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6358     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6359         """__init__(self, int winid=0, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6360         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6361         self._SetSelf(self)
6362
6363     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6364     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6365     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6366         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6367         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6368
6369     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6370         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6371         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6372
6373 PyEvent_swigregister = _core_.PyEvent_swigregister
6374 PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6375
6376 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6377     """
6378     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6379     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6380     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6381     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6382     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6383     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6384
6385     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6386
6387     """
6388     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6389     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6390     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6391         """__init__(self, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6392         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6393         self._SetSelf(self)
6394
6395     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6396     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6397     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6398         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6399         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6400
6401     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6402         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6403         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6404
6405 PyCommandEvent_swigregister = _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister
6406 PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6407
6408 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6409     """
6410     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6411     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6412     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6413     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6414     """
6415     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6416     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6417     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6418         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, wxEventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6419         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6420     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6421         """
6422         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6423
6424         Returns the date.
6425         """
6426         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6427
6428     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6429         """
6430         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6431
6432         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6433         internally.
6434         """
6435         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6436
6437 DateEvent_swigregister = _core_.DateEvent_swigregister
6438 DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6439
6440 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6441 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6442
6443 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6444
6445 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6446 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6447 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6448 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6449 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6450 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6451 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6452     """
6453     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6454     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6455     """
6456     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6457     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6458     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6459         """
6460         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6461
6462         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6463         """
6464         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6465         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6466         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6467
6468     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6469     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6470     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6471         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6472         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6473
6474     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6475         """
6476         GetAppName(self) -> String
6477
6478         Get the application name.
6479         """
6480         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6481
6482     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6483         """
6484         SetAppName(self, String name)
6485
6486         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6487         `wx.Config` and such.
6488         """
6489         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6490
6491     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6492         """
6493         GetClassName(self) -> String
6494
6495         Get the application's class name.
6496         """
6497         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6498
6499     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6500         """
6501         SetClassName(self, String name)
6502
6503         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6504         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6505         """
6506         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6507
6508     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6509         """
6510         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6511
6512         Get the application's vendor name.
6513         """
6514         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6515
6516     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6517         """
6518         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6519
6520         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6521         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6522         """
6523         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6524
6525     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6526         """
6527         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6528
6529         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6530         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6531         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6532         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6533         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6534         differences behind the common facade.
6535
6536         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6537         """
6538         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6539
6540     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6541         """
6542         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6543
6544         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6545         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6546         during each event loop iteration.
6547         """
6548         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6549
6550     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6551         """
6552         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6553
6554         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6555         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6556         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6557
6558         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6559               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6560               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6561               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6562
6563         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6564
6565         """
6566         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6567
6568     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6569         """
6570         WakeUpIdle(self)
6571
6572         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6573         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6574         """
6575         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6576
6577     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6578         """
6579         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6580
6581         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6582         currently be dispatched.
6583         """
6584         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6585
6586     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6587     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6588         """
6589         MainLoop(self) -> int
6590
6591         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6592         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6593         """
6594         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6595
6596     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6597         """
6598         Exit(self)
6599
6600         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6601         :see: `wx.Exit`
6602         """
6603         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6604
6605     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6606         """
6607         ExitMainLoop(self)
6608
6609         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6610         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6611         """
6612         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6613
6614     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6615         """
6616         Pending(self) -> bool
6617
6618         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6619         """
6620         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6621
6622     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6623         """
6624         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6625
6626         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6627         appears if there are none currently)
6628         """
6629         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6630
6631     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6632         """
6633         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6634
6635         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6636         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6637         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6638         """
6639         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6640
6641     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6642         """
6643         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6644
6645         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6646         idle time is requested.
6647         """
6648         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6649
6650     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6651         """
6652         IsActive(self) -> bool
6653
6654         Return True if our app has focus.
6655         """
6656         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6657
6658     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6659         """
6660         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6661
6662         Set the *main* top level window
6663         """
6664         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6665
6666     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6667         """
6668         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6669
6670         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6671         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6672         there not any, will return None)
6673         """
6674         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6675
6676     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6677         """
6678         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6679
6680         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6681         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6682         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6683         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6684         explicitly from somewhere.
6685         """
6686         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6687
6688     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6689         """
6690         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6691
6692         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6693         """
6694         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6695
6696     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6697         """
6698         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6699
6700         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6701         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6702         """
6703         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6704
6705     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6706         """
6707         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6708
6709         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6710         """
6711         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6712
6713     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6714         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
6715         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6716
6717     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6718         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
6719         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6720
6721     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6722         """
6723         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
6724
6725         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
6726         """
6727         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6728
6729     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6730         """
6731         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
6732
6733         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
6734         """
6735         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6736
6737     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6738         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6739         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6740
6741     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6742     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6743         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6744         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6745
6746     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6747     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6748         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6749         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6750
6751     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6752     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6753         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6754         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6755
6756     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
6757     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6758         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6759         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6760
6761     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6762     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6763         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6764         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6765
6766     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6767     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6768         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6769         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6770
6771     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6772     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6773         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6774         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6775
6776     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6777     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6778         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6779         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6780
6781     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
6782     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6783         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6784         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6785
6786     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6787     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
6788         """
6789         _BootstrapApp(self)
6790
6791         For internal use only
6792         """
6793         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
6794
6795     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
6796         """
6797         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6798
6799         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6800         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6801         """
6802         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
6803
6804     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
6805 PyApp_swigregister = _core_.PyApp_swigregister
6806 PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
6807
6808 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
6809   """
6810     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6811
6812     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6813     currently be dispatched.
6814     """
6815   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
6816
6817 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
6818   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6819   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
6820
6821 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
6822   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6823   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
6824
6825 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
6826   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6827   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
6828
6829 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
6830   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6831   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
6832
6833 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
6834   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6835   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
6836
6837 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6838   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6839   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6840
6841 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6842   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6843   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6844
6845 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6846   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6847   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6848
6849 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6850   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6851   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6852
6853 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6854   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6855   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6856
6857 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
6858   """
6859     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6860
6861     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6862     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6863     """
6864   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
6865
6866 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6867
6868
6869 def Exit(*args):
6870   """
6871     Exit()
6872
6873     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
6874     """
6875   return _core_.Exit(*args)
6876
6877 def Yield(*args):
6878   """
6879     Yield() -> bool
6880
6881     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
6882     """
6883   return _core_.Yield(*args)
6884
6885 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
6886   """
6887     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
6888
6889     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
6890     """
6891   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
6892
6893 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
6894   """
6895     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6896
6897     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
6898     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
6899     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
6900     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
6901     interaction.
6902
6903     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
6904     """
6905   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
6906
6907 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
6908   """
6909     WakeUpIdle()
6910
6911     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
6912     sent.
6913     """
6914   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
6915
6916 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
6917   """
6918     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
6919
6920     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
6921     later.
6922     """
6923   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
6924
6925 def App_CleanUp(*args):
6926   """
6927     App_CleanUp()
6928
6929     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
6930     Python shuts down.
6931     """
6932   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
6933
6934 def GetApp(*args):
6935   """
6936     GetApp() -> PyApp
6937
6938     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
6939     """
6940   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
6941
6942 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
6943   """
6944     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
6945
6946     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
6947     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6948
6949     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
6950     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
6951     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
6952     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
6953     between the common latin/roman encodings.
6954     """
6955   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
6956
6957 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
6958   """
6959     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
6960
6961     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
6962     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6963     """
6964   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
6965 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
6966
6967 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
6968     """
6969     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
6970     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
6971     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
6972     and write the text there.
6973     """
6974     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
6975         self.frame  = None
6976         self.title  = title
6977         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
6978         self.size   = (450, 300)
6979         self.parent = None
6980
6981     def SetParent(self, parent):
6982         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
6983         self.parent = parent
6984
6985
6986     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
6987         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
6988                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
6989         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
6990                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
6991         self.text.AppendText(st)
6992         self.frame.Show(True)
6993         EVT_CLOSE(self.frame, self.OnCloseWindow)
6994
6995
6996     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
6997         if self.frame is not None:
6998             self.frame.Destroy()
6999         self.frame = None
7000         self.text  = None
7001
7002
7003     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7004     def write(self, text):
7005         """
7006         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7007         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7008         CallAfter to do the work there.
7009         """
7010         if self.frame is None:
7011             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7012                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7013             else:
7014                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7015         else:
7016             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7017                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7018             else:
7019                 self.text.AppendText(text)
7020
7021
7022     def close(self):
7023         if self.frame is not None:
7024             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7025
7026
7027     def flush(self):
7028         pass
7029
7030
7031
7032 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7033
7034 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7035
7036 class App(wx.PyApp):
7037     """
7038     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7039
7040       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7041         gui toolkit
7042       * set and get application-wide properties
7043       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7044         and to dispatch events to window instances
7045       * etc.
7046
7047     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7048     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7049     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7050     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7051
7052     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7053     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7054     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7055
7056     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7057            directly.
7058     """
7059
7060     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7061
7062     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7063                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7064         """
7065         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7066
7067         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7068             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7069             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7070             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7071             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7072             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7073             class of your choosing.)
7074
7075         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7076             redirect is True.
7077
7078         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7079             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7080             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7081             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7082             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7083             toolkit is initialized.
7084
7085         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7086             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7087             GUI apps will.
7088
7089         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7090             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7091             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7092         """
7093         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7094
7095         if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7096             try:
7097                 import MacOS
7098                 if not MacOS.WMAvailable():
7099                     print """\
7100 This program needs access to the screen. Please run with 'pythonw',
7101 not 'python', and only when you are logged in on the main display of
7102 your Mac."""
7103                     _sys.exit(1)
7104             except SystemExit:
7105                 raise
7106             except:
7107                 pass
7108
7109         # This has to be done before OnInit
7110         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7111
7112         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7113         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7114         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7115         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7116         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7117         # expected (depending on platform.)
7118         if clearSigInt:
7119             try:
7120                 import signal
7121                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7122             except:
7123                 pass
7124
7125         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7126         self.stdioWin = None
7127         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7128         if redirect:
7129             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7130
7131         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7132         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7133
7134         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7135         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7136         self._BootstrapApp()
7137
7138
7139     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7140         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7141         destroy(self)
7142
7143     def Destroy(self):
7144         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7145         self.thisown = 0
7146
7147     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7148         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7149         if self.stdioWin:
7150             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7151         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7152
7153
7154     def MainLoop(self):
7155         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7156         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7157         self.RestoreStdio()
7158
7159
7160     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7161         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7162         if filename:
7163             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7164         else:
7165             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7166             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7167
7168
7169     def RestoreStdio(self):
7170         try:
7171             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7172         except:
7173             pass
7174
7175
7176     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7177         """
7178         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7179         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7180         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7181         """
7182         if self.stdioWin:
7183             if title is not None:
7184                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7185             if pos is not None:
7186                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7187             if size is not None:
7188                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7194 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7195 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7196 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7197 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7198 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7199 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7200 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7201 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7202 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7203 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7204 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7205
7206 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7207
7208 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7209     """
7210     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7211     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7212     about OnInit.  For example::
7213
7214         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7215         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7216         frame.Show()
7217         app.MainLoop()
7218
7219     :see: `wx.App`
7220     """
7221
7222     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7223                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7224         """
7225         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7226         """
7227         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7228
7229     def OnInit(self):
7230         return True
7231
7232
7233
7234 # Is anybody using this one?
7235 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7236     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7237         self.size = size
7238         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7239
7240     def OnInit(self):
7241         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7242         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7243         return True
7244
7245     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7246         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7247         self.frame.Show(True)
7248
7249 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7250 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7251 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7252 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7253 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7254
7255 class __wxPyCleanup:
7256     def __init__(self):
7257         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7258     def __del__(self):
7259         self.cleanup()
7260
7261 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7262
7263 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7264 ## import atexit
7265 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7266
7267
7268 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7269
7270 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7271
7272 class EventLoop(object):
7273     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7274     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7275     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7276     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7277         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7278         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7279     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7280     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7281     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7282         """Run(self) -> int"""
7283         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7284
7285     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7286         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7287         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7288
7289     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7290         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7291         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7292
7293     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7294         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7295         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7296
7297     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7298         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7299         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7300
7301     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7302         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7303         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7304
7305     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7306     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7307         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7308         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7309
7310     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7311 EventLoop_swigregister = _core_.EventLoop_swigregister
7312 EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7313
7314 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7315   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7316   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7317
7318 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7319   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7320   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7321
7322 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7323     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7324     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7325     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7326     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7327         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7328         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7329     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7330     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7331 EventLoopActivator_swigregister = _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister
7332 EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7333
7334 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7335
7336 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7337     """
7338     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7339     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7340     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7341     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7342
7343     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7344     """
7345     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7346     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7347     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7348         """
7349         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7350
7351         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7352         """
7353         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7354     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7355     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7356     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7357         """
7358         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7359
7360         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7361         :see `__init__`
7362         """
7363         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7364
7365     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7366         """
7367         GetFlags(self) -> int
7368
7369         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7370         """
7371         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7372
7373     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7374         """
7375         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7376
7377         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7378         """
7379         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7380
7381     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7382         """
7383         GetCommand(self) -> int
7384
7385         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7386         """
7387         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7388
7389 AcceleratorEntry_swigregister = _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister
7390 AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7391
7392 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7393     """
7394     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7395     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7396     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7397     supported.
7398     """
7399     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7400     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7401     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7402         """
7403         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7404
7405         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7406         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7407
7408         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7409         """
7410         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7411     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7412     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7413     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
7414         """Ok(self) -> bool"""
7415         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
7416
7417 AcceleratorTable_swigregister = _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister
7418 AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7419
7420
7421 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7422   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7423   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7424 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7425
7426 class VisualAttributes(object):
7427     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7428     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7429     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7430     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7431         """
7432         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7433
7434         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7435         """
7436         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7437     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7438     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7439     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7440     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7441     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7442 VisualAttributes_swigregister = _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister
7443 VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7444 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7445 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7446
7447 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7448 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7449 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7450 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7451 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7452 class Window(EvtHandler):
7453     """
7454     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7455     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7456     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7457     appear on screen themselves.
7458
7459     """
7460     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7461     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7462     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7463         """
7464         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7465             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7466
7467         Construct and show a generic Window.
7468         """
7469         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7470         self._setOORInfo(self)
7471
7472     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7473         """
7474         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7475             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7476
7477         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7478         """
7479         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7480
7481     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7482         """
7483         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7484
7485         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7486         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7487         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7488         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7489         """
7490         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7491
7492     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7493         """
7494         Destroy(self) -> bool
7495
7496         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7497         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7498         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7499         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7500         non-existent windows.
7501
7502         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7503         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7504         """
7505         val = _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7506         args[0].thisown = 0
7507         return val
7508
7509     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7510         """
7511         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7512
7513         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7514         destructor.
7515         """
7516         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7517
7518     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7519         """
7520         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7521
7522         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7523         """
7524         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7525
7526     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7527         """
7528         SetLabel(self, String label)
7529
7530         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7531         """
7532         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7533
7534     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7535         """
7536         GetLabel(self) -> String
7537
7538         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7539         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7540         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7541         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7542         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7543         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7544         """
7545         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7546
7547     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7548         """
7549         SetName(self, String name)
7550
7551         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7552         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7553         """
7554         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7555
7556     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7557         """
7558         GetName(self) -> String
7559
7560         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7561         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7562         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7563         """
7564         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7565
7566     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7567         """
7568         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7569
7570         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7571         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7572         """
7573         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7574
7575     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7576         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7577         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7578
7579     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7580         """
7581         SetId(self, int winid)
7582
7583         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7584         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7585         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7586         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7587         """
7588         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7589
7590     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7591         """
7592         GetId(self) -> int
7593
7594         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7595         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7596         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7597         generated.
7598         """
7599         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7600
7601     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7602         """
7603         NewControlId() -> int
7604
7605         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
7606         """
7607         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7608
7609     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
7610     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7611         """
7612         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
7613
7614         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
7615         autogenerated) id
7616         """
7617         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7618
7619     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
7620     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7621         """
7622         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
7623
7624         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
7625         autogenerated) id
7626         """
7627         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7628
7629     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
7630     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7631         """
7632         SetSize(self, Size size)
7633
7634         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7635         """
7636         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7637
7638     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
7639         """
7640         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7641
7642         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
7643         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
7644         equal to -1.
7645
7646             ========================  ======================================
7647             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
7648                                       default should be used.
7649             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
7650                                       -1 values are supplied.
7651             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
7652                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
7653                                       default values.
7654             ========================  ======================================
7655
7656         """
7657         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
7658
7659     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7660         """
7661         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7662
7663         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
7664         """
7665         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7666
7667     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7668         """
7669         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7670
7671         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7672         """
7673         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7674
7675     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
7676         """
7677         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7678
7679         Moves the window to the given position.
7680         """
7681         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
7682
7683     SetPosition = Move
7684     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
7685         """
7686         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7687
7688         Moves the window to the given position.
7689         """
7690         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
7691
7692     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7693         """
7694         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
7695
7696         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
7697         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
7698         """
7699         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7700
7701     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
7702         """
7703         Raise(self)
7704
7705         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
7706         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7707         """
7708         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
7709
7710     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
7711         """
7712         Lower(self)
7713
7714         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
7715         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7716         """
7717         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
7718
7719     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7720         """
7721         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
7722
7723         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7724         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7725         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7726         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7727         around panel items, for example.
7728         """
7729         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7730
7731     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7732         """
7733         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7734
7735         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7736         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7737         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7738         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7739         around panel items, for example.
7740         """
7741         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7742
7743     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7744         """
7745         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
7746
7747         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7748         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7749         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7750         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7751         around panel items, for example.
7752         """
7753         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7754
7755     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7756         """
7757         GetPosition(self) -> Point
7758
7759         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7760         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7761         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7762         kinds of windows.
7763         """
7764         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7765
7766     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7767         """
7768         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7769
7770         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7771         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7772         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7773         kinds of windows.
7774         """
7775         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7776
7777     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7778         """
7779         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
7780
7781         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7782         """
7783         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7784
7785     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7786         """
7787         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7788
7789         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7790         """
7791         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7792
7793     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
7794         """
7795         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
7796
7797         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
7798         a `wx.Rect` object.
7799         """
7800         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
7801
7802     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7803         """
7804         GetSize(self) -> Size
7805
7806         Get the window size.
7807         """
7808         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7809
7810     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7811         """
7812         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7813
7814         Get the window size.
7815         """
7816         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7817
7818     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7819         """
7820         GetRect(self) -> Rect
7821
7822         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
7823         """
7824         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7825
7826     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7827         """
7828         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
7829
7830         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7831         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7832         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7833         """
7834         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7835
7836     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7837         """
7838         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7839
7840         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7841         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7842         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7843         """
7844         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7845
7846     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
7847         """
7848         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
7849
7850         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
7851         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
7852         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
7853         """
7854         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
7855
7856     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7857         """
7858         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
7859
7860         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
7861         """
7862         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7863
7864     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7865         """
7866         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
7867
7868         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7869         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7870         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7871         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7872         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7873         after calling Fit.
7874         """
7875         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7876
7877     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7878         """
7879         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7880
7881         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7882         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7883         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7884         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7885         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7886         after calling Fit.
7887         """
7888         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7889
7890     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7891         """
7892         InvalidateBestSize(self)
7893
7894         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
7895         time it is needed.
7896         """
7897         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7898
7899     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7900         """
7901         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
7902
7903         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
7904         some properties of the window change.)
7905         """
7906         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7907
7908     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7909         """
7910         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
7911
7912         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
7913         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
7914         the results.
7915
7916         """
7917         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7918
7919     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7920         """
7921         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
7922
7923         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
7924         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
7925         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
7926         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
7927         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
7928         tolerate.
7929         """
7930         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7931
7932     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
7933         """
7934         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
7935
7936         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
7937         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
7938         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
7939         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
7940         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
7941         relative to the screen.
7942         """
7943         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
7944
7945     Centre = Center
7946     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
7947         """
7948         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
7949
7950         Center with respect to the the parent window
7951         """
7952         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
7953
7954     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
7955     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
7956         """
7957         Fit(self)
7958
7959         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
7960         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
7961         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
7962         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
7963         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
7964         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
7965         instead of calling Fit.
7966         """
7967         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
7968
7969     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
7970         """
7971         FitInside(self)
7972
7973         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
7974         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
7975         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
7976         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
7977         anything if there are no subwindows.
7978         """
7979         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
7980
7981     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
7982         """
7983         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
7984             int incH=-1)
7985
7986         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
7987         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
7988         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
7989         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
7990         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
7991         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
7992
7993         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
7994         """
7995         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
7996
7997     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
7998         """
7999         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8000
8001         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8002         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8003         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8004         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8005         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8006         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8007
8008         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8009         """
8010         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8011
8012     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8013         """
8014         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8015
8016         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8017         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8018         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8019         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8020         """
8021         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8022
8023     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8024         """
8025         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8026
8027         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8028         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8029         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8030         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8031         """
8032         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8033
8034     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8035         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8036         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8037
8038     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8039         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8040         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8041
8042     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8043         """
8044         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8045
8046         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8047         min size.
8048         """
8049         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8050
8051     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8052         """
8053         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8054
8055         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8056         max size.
8057         """
8058         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8059
8060     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8061         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8062         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8063
8064     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8065         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8066         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8067
8068     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8069         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8070         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8071
8072     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8073         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8074         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8075
8076     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8077         """
8078         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8079
8080         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8081         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8082         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8083         """
8084         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8085
8086     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8087         """
8088         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8089
8090         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8091         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8092         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8093         """
8094         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8095
8096     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8097         """
8098         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8099
8100         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8101         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8102         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8103         """
8104         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8105
8106     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8107         """
8108         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8109
8110         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8111         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8112         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8113         """
8114         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8115
8116     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8117         """
8118         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8119
8120         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8121         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8122         """
8123         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8124
8125     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8126         """
8127         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8128
8129         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8130         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8131         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8132         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8133         because it already was in the requested state.
8134         """
8135         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8136
8137     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8138         """
8139         Hide(self) -> bool
8140
8141         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8142         """
8143         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8144
8145     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8146         """
8147         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8148
8149         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8150         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8151         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8152         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8153         window had already been in the specified state.
8154         """
8155         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8156
8157     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8158         """
8159         Disable(self) -> bool
8160
8161         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8162         """
8163         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8164
8165     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8166         """
8167         IsShown(self) -> bool
8168
8169         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8170         """
8171         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8172
8173     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8174         """
8175         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8176
8177         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8178         """
8179         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8180
8181     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8182         """
8183         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8184
8185         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8186         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8187         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8188         immediately.
8189         """
8190         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8191
8192     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8193         """
8194         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8195
8196         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8197         method.
8198         """
8199         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8200
8201     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8202     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8203         """
8204         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8205
8206         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8207         """
8208         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8209
8210     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8211         """
8212         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8213
8214         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8215         windows are only available on X platforms.
8216         """
8217         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8218
8219     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8220         """
8221         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8222
8223         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8224         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8225         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8226         """
8227         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8228
8229     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8230         """
8231         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8232
8233         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8234         """
8235         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8236
8237     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8238         """
8239         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8240
8241         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8242         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8243         effect.
8244         """
8245         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8246
8247     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8248         """
8249         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8250
8251         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8252          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8253          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8254          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8255          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8256          user's selected theme.
8257
8258         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8259         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8260         """
8261         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8262
8263     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8264         """
8265         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8266
8267         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8268         """
8269         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8270
8271     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8272         """
8273         SetFocus(self)
8274
8275         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8276         """
8277         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8278
8279     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8280         """
8281         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8282
8283         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8284         only called internally.
8285         """
8286         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8287
8288     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8289         """
8290         FindFocus() -> Window
8291
8292         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8293         or None.
8294         """
8295         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8296
8297     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8298     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8299         """
8300         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8301
8302         Can this window have focus?
8303         """
8304         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8305
8306     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8307         """
8308         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8309
8310         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8311         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8312         it.
8313         """
8314         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8315
8316     def GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8317         """
8318         GetDefaultItem(self) -> Window
8319
8320         Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated
8321         by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.
8322         """
8323         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8324
8325     def SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8326         """
8327         SetDefaultItem(self, Window child) -> Window
8328
8329         Set this child as default, return the old default.
8330         """
8331         return _core_.Window_SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8332
8333     def SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8334         """
8335         SetTmpDefaultItem(self, Window win)
8336
8337         Set this child as temporary default
8338         """
8339         return _core_.Window_SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8340
8341     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8342         """
8343         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8344
8345         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8346         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8347         """
8348         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8349
8350     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8351         """
8352         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8353
8354         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8355         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8356         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8357
8358         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8359         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8360         windows.
8361
8362         """
8363         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8364
8365     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8366         """
8367         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8368
8369         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8370         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8371         """
8372         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8373
8374     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8375         """
8376         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8377
8378         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8379         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8380         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8381         do not change.
8382         """
8383         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8384
8385     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8386         """
8387         GetParent(self) -> Window
8388
8389         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8390         """
8391         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8392
8393     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8394         """
8395         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8396
8397         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8398         isn't one.
8399         """
8400         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8401
8402     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8403         """
8404         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8405
8406         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8407         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8408         if they have a parent window).
8409         """
8410         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8411
8412     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8413         """
8414         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8415
8416         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8417         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8418         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8419         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8420         oldParent)
8421         """
8422         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8423
8424     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8425         """
8426         AddChild(self, Window child)
8427
8428         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8429         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8430         """
8431         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8432
8433     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8434         """
8435         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8436
8437         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8438         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8439         programmer.
8440         """
8441         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8442
8443     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8444         """
8445         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8446
8447         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8448         """
8449         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8450
8451     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8452         """
8453         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8454
8455         Find a child of this window by name
8456         """
8457         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8458
8459     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8460         """
8461         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8462
8463         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8464         its own event handler.
8465         """
8466         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8467
8468     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8469         """
8470         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8471
8472         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8473         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,
8474         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to
8475         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of
8476         event-handling for a variety of different window classes.
8477
8478         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8479         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8480         handler is handed to the next one in the chain.
8481         """
8482         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8483
8484     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8485         """
8486         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8487
8488         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8489         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8490         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but
8491         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow
8492         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different
8493         window classes.
8494
8495         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8496         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8497         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to
8498         remove the event handler.
8499         """
8500         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8501
8502     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8503         """
8504         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8505
8506         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8507         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8508         destroyed after it is popped.
8509         """
8510         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8511
8512     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8513         """
8514         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8515
8516         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8517         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found
8518         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8519         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8520         there.)
8521         """
8522         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8523
8524     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8525         """
8526         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8527
8528         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8529         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8530         type.
8531         """
8532         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8533
8534     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8535         """
8536         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8537
8538         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8539         there is none.
8540         """
8541         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8542
8543     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8544         """
8545         Validate(self) -> bool
8546
8547         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8548         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8549         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8550         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8551         """
8552         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8553
8554     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8555         """
8556         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8557
8558         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8559         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8560         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8561         all child windows.
8562         """
8563         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8564
8565     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8566         """
8567         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8568
8569         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8570         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8571         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8572         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8573         """
8574         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8575
8576     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8577         """
8578         InitDialog(self)
8579
8580         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
8581         to the dialog via validators.
8582         """
8583         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8584
8585     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8586         """
8587         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
8588
8589         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
8590         """
8591         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8592
8593     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8594         """
8595         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
8596
8597         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
8598         """
8599         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8600
8601     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8602         """
8603         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
8604
8605         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
8606         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
8607         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
8608         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
8609         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
8610         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
8611         hotkey was registered successfully.
8612         """
8613         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8614
8615     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8616         """
8617         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
8618
8619         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
8620         """
8621         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8622
8623     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8624         """
8625         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
8626
8627         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8628         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8629         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8630         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8631         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8632         then divided by 8.
8633         """
8634         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8635
8636     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8637         """
8638         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
8639
8640         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8641         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8642         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8643         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8644         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8645         then divided by 8.
8646         """
8647         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8648
8649     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
8650         """
8651         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
8652
8653         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8654         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8655         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8656         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8657         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8658         then divided by 8.
8659         """
8660         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
8661
8662     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
8663         """
8664         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
8665
8666         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8667         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8668         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8669         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8670         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8671         then divided by 8.
8672         """
8673         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
8674
8675     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8676         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
8677         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8678
8679     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8680         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
8681         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8682
8683     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
8684         """
8685         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
8686
8687         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
8688
8689         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
8690         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
8691         """
8692         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
8693
8694     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8695         """
8696         CaptureMouse(self)
8697
8698         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
8699         release the capture.
8700
8701         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
8702         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
8703         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
8704         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
8705         release the mouse as many times as you capture it.
8706         """
8707         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8708
8709     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8710         """
8711         ReleaseMouse(self)
8712
8713         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
8714         """
8715         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8716
8717     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8718         """
8719         GetCapture() -> Window
8720
8721         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
8722         """
8723         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8724
8725     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
8726     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8727         """
8728         HasCapture(self) -> bool
8729
8730         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
8731         """
8732         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8733
8734     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
8735         """
8736         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
8737
8738         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
8739         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
8740         to the window.
8741         """
8742         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
8743
8744     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
8745         """
8746         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
8747
8748         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
8749         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
8750         """
8751         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
8752
8753     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
8754         """
8755         Update(self)
8756
8757         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
8758         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
8759         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
8760         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
8761         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh
8762         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
8763         it) unconditionally.
8764         """
8765         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
8766
8767     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8768         """
8769         ClearBackground(self)
8770
8771         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
8772         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
8773         """
8774         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8775
8776     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
8777         """
8778         Freeze(self)
8779
8780         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
8781         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
8782         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
8783         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
8784         been undone.
8785
8786         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
8787         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
8788         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
8789         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
8790         mandatory directive.
8791         """
8792         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
8793
8794     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
8795         """
8796         Thaw(self)
8797
8798         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
8799         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
8800         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
8801         """
8802         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
8803
8804     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
8805         """
8806         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
8807
8808         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
8809         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
8810         scroll position.
8811         """
8812         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
8813
8814     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
8815         """
8816         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
8817
8818         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
8819         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
8820         """
8821         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
8822
8823     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8824         """
8825         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
8826
8827         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
8828         """
8829         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8830
8831     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
8832         """
8833         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
8834
8835         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8836         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8837         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8838         exposed.
8839         """
8840         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
8841
8842     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
8843         """
8844         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
8845
8846         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8847         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8848         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8849         exposed.
8850         """
8851         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
8852
8853     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
8854         """
8855         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
8856
8857         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8858         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8859         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8860         exposed.
8861         """
8862         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
8863
8864     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8865         """
8866         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
8867
8868         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
8869         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
8870         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
8871         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
8872         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8873         """
8874         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8875
8876     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8877         """
8878         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
8879
8880         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
8881         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
8882         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
8883         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
8884         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8885
8886         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
8887         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
8888         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
8889         this.
8890         """
8891         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8892
8893     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
8894     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8895         """
8896         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8897
8898         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
8899         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
8900         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
8901         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
8902         to the default background colour.
8903
8904         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
8905         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
8906         calling this function.
8907
8908         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
8909         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
8910         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
8911         applications on the system.
8912         """
8913         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8914
8915     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8916         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8917         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8918
8919     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8920         """
8921         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8922
8923         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
8924         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
8925         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
8926         not be used at all.
8927         """
8928         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8929
8930     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8931         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8932         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8933
8934     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8935         """
8936         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
8937
8938         Returns the background colour of the window.
8939         """
8940         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8941
8942     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8943         """
8944         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
8945
8946         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
8947         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
8948         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
8949         """
8950         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8951
8952     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8953         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
8954         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8955
8956     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
8957         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
8958         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
8959
8960     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8961         """
8962         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
8963
8964         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
8965         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
8966
8967             ======================  ========================================
8968             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
8969                                     be determined by the system
8970             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
8971             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
8972                                     application.
8973             ======================  ========================================
8974
8975         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
8976         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
8977         no effect on other platforms.
8978
8979         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
8980         """
8981         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8982
8983     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8984         """
8985         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
8986
8987         Returns the background style of the window.
8988
8989         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
8990         """
8991         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8992
8993     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8994         """
8995         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
8996
8997         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
8998         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
8999         background.
9000
9001         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9002         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9003         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9004         correctly.
9005         """
9006         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9007
9008     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9009         """
9010         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9011
9012         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9013         for the children of the window implicitly.
9014
9015         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9016         be reset back to default.
9017         """
9018         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9019
9020     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9021         """
9022         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9023
9024         Return the cursor associated with this window.
9025         """
9026         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9027
9028     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9029         """
9030         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9031
9032         Sets the font for this window.
9033         """
9034         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9035
9036     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9037         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9038         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9039
9040     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9041         """
9042         GetFont(self) -> Font
9043
9044         Returns the default font used for this window.
9045         """
9046         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9047
9048     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9049         """
9050         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9051
9052         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9053         """
9054         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9055
9056     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9057         """
9058         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9059
9060         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9061         """
9062         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9063
9064     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9065         """
9066         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9067
9068         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9069         """
9070         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9071
9072     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9073         """
9074         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9075
9076         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9077         """
9078         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9079
9080     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9081         """
9082         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9083
9084         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9085         """
9086         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9087
9088     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9089         """
9090         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9091            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9092
9093         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9094         current or specified font.
9095         """
9096         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9097
9098     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9099         """
9100         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9101
9102         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9103         """
9104         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9105
9106     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9107         """
9108         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9109
9110         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9111         """
9112         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9113
9114     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9115         """
9116         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9117
9118         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9119         """
9120         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9121
9122     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9123         """
9124         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9125
9126         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9127         """
9128         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9129
9130     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9131         """
9132         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9133
9134         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9135         """
9136         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9137
9138     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9139         """
9140         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9141
9142         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9143         """
9144         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9145
9146     def GetBorder(*args):
9147         """
9148         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9149         GetBorder(self) -> int
9150
9151         Get border for the flags of this window
9152         """
9153         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9154
9155     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9156         """
9157         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9158
9159         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9160         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9161         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9162         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9163         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9164         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9165         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9166         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9167         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9168         in idle time.
9169         """
9170         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9171
9172     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9173         """
9174         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9175
9176         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9177         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9178         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9179         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9180         mouse cursor will be used.
9181         """
9182         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9183
9184     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9185         """
9186         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9187
9188         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9189         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9190         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9191         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9192         mouse cursor will be used.
9193         """
9194         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9195
9196     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9197         """
9198         GetHandle(self) -> long
9199
9200         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9201         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9202         toplevel parent of the window.
9203         """
9204         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9205
9206     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9207         """
9208         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9209
9210         Associate the window with a new native handle
9211         """
9212         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9213
9214     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9215         """
9216         DissociateHandle(self)
9217
9218         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9219         """
9220         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9221
9222     def OnPaint(*args, **kwargs):
9223         """OnPaint(self, PaintEvent event)"""
9224         return _core_.Window_OnPaint(*args, **kwargs)
9225
9226     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9227         """
9228         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9229
9230         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9231         """
9232         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9233
9234     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9235         """
9236         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9237             bool refresh=True)
9238
9239         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9240         """
9241         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9242
9243     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9244         """
9245         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9246
9247         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9248         """
9249         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9250
9251     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9252         """
9253         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9254
9255         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9256         """
9257         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9258
9259     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9260         """
9261         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9262
9263         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9264         """
9265         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9266
9267     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9268         """
9269         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9270
9271         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9272         """
9273         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9274
9275     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9276         """
9277         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9278
9279         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9280         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9281         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9282         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9283         """
9284         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9285
9286     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9287         """
9288         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9289
9290         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9291         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9292         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9293         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9294         """
9295         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9296
9297     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9298         """
9299         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9300
9301         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9302         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9303         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9304         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9305         """
9306         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9307
9308     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9309         """
9310         LineUp(self) -> bool
9311
9312         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9313         """
9314         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9315
9316     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9317         """
9318         LineDown(self) -> bool
9319
9320         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9321         """
9322         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9323
9324     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9325         """
9326         PageUp(self) -> bool
9327
9328         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9329         """
9330         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9331
9332     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9333         """
9334         PageDown(self) -> bool
9335
9336         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9337         """
9338         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9339
9340     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9341         """
9342         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9343
9344         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9345         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9346         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9347         """
9348         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9349
9350     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9351         """
9352         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9353
9354         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9355         one.
9356         """
9357         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9358
9359     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9360         """
9361         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9362
9363         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9364         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9365         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9366         """
9367         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9368
9369     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9370         """
9371         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9372
9373         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9374         """
9375         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9376
9377     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9378         """
9379         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9380
9381         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9382         """
9383         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9384
9385     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9386         """
9387         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9388
9389         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9390         """
9391         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9392
9393     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9394         """
9395         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9396
9397         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9398         a drop target, it is deleted.
9399         """
9400         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9401
9402     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9403         """
9404         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9405
9406         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9407         """
9408         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9409
9410     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9411         """
9412         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9413
9414         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9415         Only functional on Windows.
9416         """
9417         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9418
9419     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9420         """
9421         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9422
9423         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9424         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9425         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9426         constraints.
9427
9428         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9429         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9430         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9431         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9432         effect.
9433         """
9434         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9435
9436     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9437         """
9438         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9439
9440         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9441         are none.
9442         """
9443         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9444
9445     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9446         """
9447         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9448
9449         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9450         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9451         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9452         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9453
9454         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9455         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9456         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9457         """
9458         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9459
9460     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9461         """
9462         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9463
9464         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9465         """
9466         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9467
9468     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9469         """
9470         Layout(self) -> bool
9471
9472         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9473         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9474         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9475         handler when the window is resized.
9476         """
9477         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9478
9479     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9480         """
9481         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9482
9483         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9484         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9485         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9486         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9487         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9488         non-None, and False otherwise.
9489         """
9490         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9491
9492     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9493         """
9494         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9495
9496         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9497         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9498         """
9499         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9500
9501     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9502         """
9503         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9504
9505         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9506         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9507         """
9508         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9509
9510     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9511         """
9512         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9513
9514         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9515         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9516         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9517         """
9518         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9519
9520     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9521         """
9522         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9523
9524         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9525         """
9526         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9527
9528     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9529         """
9530         InheritAttributes(self)
9531
9532         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9533         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9534         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9535         colours.
9536
9537         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
9538         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
9539         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
9540         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
9541         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
9542         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
9543         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
9544         no matter what and only the font might.
9545
9546         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
9547         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
9548         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
9549         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
9550         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
9551         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
9552         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
9553         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
9554         parents attributes.
9555
9556         """
9557         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9558
9559     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
9560         """
9561         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
9562
9563         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
9564         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
9565         from the parent window.
9566
9567         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
9568         wxControl where it returns true.
9569         """
9570         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
9571
9572     def PostCreate(self, pre):
9573         """
9574         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
9575         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
9576         """
9577         self.this = pre.this
9578         self.thisown = pre.thisown
9579         pre.thisown = 0
9580         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
9581             self._setOORInfo(self)
9582         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
9583             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
9584
9585     def SendSizeEvent(self):
9586         self.GetEventhandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
9587
9588 Window_swigregister = _core_.Window_swigregister
9589 Window_swigregister(Window)
9590
9591 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9592     """
9593     PreWindow() -> Window
9594
9595     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
9596     """
9597     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9598     return val
9599
9600 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
9601   """
9602     Window_NewControlId() -> int
9603
9604     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
9605     """
9606   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
9607
9608 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9609   """
9610     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
9611
9612     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
9613     autogenerated) id
9614     """
9615   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9616
9617 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9618   """
9619     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
9620
9621     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
9622     autogenerated) id
9623     """
9624   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9625
9626 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
9627   """
9628     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
9629
9630     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9631     or None.
9632     """
9633   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
9634
9635 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
9636   """
9637     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
9638
9639     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9640     """
9641   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
9642
9643 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9644   """
9645     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9646
9647     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9648     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9649     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9650     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9651     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9652
9653     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9654     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9655     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9656     this.
9657     """
9658   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9659
9660 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
9661     """
9662     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
9663     dialog units to pixel units.
9664     """
9665     if y is None:
9666         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
9667     else:
9668         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
9669
9670 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
9671     """
9672     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
9673     dialog units to pixel units.
9674     """
9675     if height is None:
9676         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
9677     else:
9678         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
9679
9680
9681 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9682   """
9683     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
9684
9685     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
9686     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
9687     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9688     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9689     """
9690   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9691
9692 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9693   """
9694     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
9695
9696     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
9697     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
9698     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
9699     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
9700     cases.
9701
9702     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
9703     """
9704   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9705
9706 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9707   """
9708     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
9709
9710     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
9711     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
9712     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
9713     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9714     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9715     """
9716   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9717
9718 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
9719   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
9720   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
9721
9722 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
9723   """
9724     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
9725
9726     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
9727     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
9728     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
9729     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
9730
9731     """
9732   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
9733 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9734
9735 class Validator(EvtHandler):
9736     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
9737     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9738     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9739     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9740         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
9741         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
9742         self._setOORInfo(self)
9743
9744     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
9745         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
9746         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
9747
9748     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9749         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
9750         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9751
9752     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9753         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
9754         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9755
9756     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9757         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
9758         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9759
9760     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9761         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
9762         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9763
9764     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9765         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
9766         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9767
9768     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
9769         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
9770         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
9771
9772     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
9773     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9774         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9775         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9776
9777     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
9778 Validator_swigregister = _core_.Validator_swigregister
9779 Validator_swigregister(Validator)
9780
9781 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
9782   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
9783   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
9784
9785 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9786   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9787   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9788
9789 class PyValidator(Validator):
9790     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
9791     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9792     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9793     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9794         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
9795         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
9796
9797         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
9798         self._setOORInfo(self)
9799
9800     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
9801         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
9802         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
9803
9804 PyValidator_swigregister = _core_.PyValidator_swigregister
9805 PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
9806
9807 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9808
9809 class Menu(EvtHandler):
9810     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
9811     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9812     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9813     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9814         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
9815         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
9816         self._setOORInfo(self)
9817
9818     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
9819         """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9820         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
9821
9822     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9823         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9824         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9825
9826     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9827         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9828         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9829
9830     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9831         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9832         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9833
9834     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9835         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9836         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9837
9838     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
9839         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9840         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
9841
9842     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
9843         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9844         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
9845
9846     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
9847         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9848         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
9849
9850     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
9851         """Break(self)"""
9852         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
9853
9854     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
9855         """
9856         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,
9857             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
9858         """
9859         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
9860
9861     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9862         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
9863         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9864
9865     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9866         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9867         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9868
9869     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9870         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9871         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9872
9873     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9874         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9875         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9876
9877     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
9878         """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9879         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
9880
9881     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9882         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9883         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9884
9885     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9886         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9887         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9888
9889     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9890         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9891         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9892
9893     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9894         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9895         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9896
9897     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
9898         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9899         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
9900
9901     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
9902         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9903         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
9904
9905     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
9906         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
9907         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
9908
9909     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
9910         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
9911         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
9912
9913     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
9914         """
9915         Destroy(self)
9916
9917         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9918         """
9919         val = _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
9920         args[0].thisown = 0
9921         return val
9922
9923     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
9924         """
9925         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
9926
9927         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9928         """
9929         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
9930         args[0].thisown = 0
9931         return val
9932
9933     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
9934         """
9935         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
9936
9937         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9938         """
9939         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
9940         args[0].thisown = 0
9941         return val
9942
9943     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
9944         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
9945         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
9946
9947     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
9948         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
9949         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
9950
9951     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
9952         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
9953         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
9954
9955     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
9956         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9957         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
9958
9959     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
9960         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
9961         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
9962
9963     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
9964         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
9965         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
9966
9967     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9968         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
9969         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9970
9971     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
9972         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
9973         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
9974
9975     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
9976         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
9977         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
9978
9979     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9980         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
9981         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9982
9983     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9984         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
9985         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9986
9987     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9988         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
9989         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9990
9991     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9992         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
9993         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9994
9995     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
9996         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
9997         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
9998
9999     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10000         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
10001         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10002
10003     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10004         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
10005         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10006
10007     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10008         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
10009         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10010
10011     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10012         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
10013         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10014
10015     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10016         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
10017         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10018
10019     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
10020         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
10021         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
10022
10023     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
10024         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10025         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
10026
10027     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
10028         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10029         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
10030
10031     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10032         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10033         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10034
10035     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10036         """Detach(self)"""
10037         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10038
10039     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10040         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10041         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10042
10043     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10044         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10045         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10046
10047     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10048         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10049         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10050
10051 Menu_swigregister = _core_.Menu_swigregister
10052 Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10053 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10054
10055 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10056
10057 class MenuBar(Window):
10058     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10059     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10060     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10061     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10062         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10063         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10064         self._setOORInfo(self)
10065
10066     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10067         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10068         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10069
10070     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10071         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10072         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10073
10074     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10075         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10076         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10077
10078     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10079         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10080         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10081
10082     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10083         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10084         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10085
10086     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10087         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10088         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10089
10090     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10091         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10092         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10093
10094     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10095         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10096         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10097
10098     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10099         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10100         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10101
10102     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10103         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10104         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10105
10106     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10107         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10108         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10109
10110     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10111         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10112         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10113
10114     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10115         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10116         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10117
10118     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10119         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10120         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10121
10122     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10123         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10124         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10125
10126     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10127         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10128         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10129
10130     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10131         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10132         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10133
10134     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10135         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10136         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10137
10138     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10139         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10140         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10141
10142     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10143         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10144         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10145
10146     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10147         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10148         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10149
10150     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10151         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10152         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10153
10154     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10155         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10156         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10157
10158     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10159         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10160         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10161
10162     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10163         """Detach(self)"""
10164         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10165
10166     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10167         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10168         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10169
10170     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10171     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10172         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10173         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10174
10175     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10176 MenuBar_swigregister = _core_.MenuBar_swigregister
10177 MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10178
10179 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10180   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10181   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10182
10183 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10184   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10185   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10186
10187 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10188
10189 class MenuItem(Object):
10190     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10191     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10192     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10193     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10194         """
10195         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10196             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10197             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10198         """
10199         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10200     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10201     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10202     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10203         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10204         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10205
10206     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10207         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10208         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10209
10210     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10211         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10212         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10213
10214     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10215         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10216         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10217
10218     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10219         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10220         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10221
10222     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10223         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10224         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10225
10226     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10227         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10228         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10229
10230     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10231         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10232         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10233
10234     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10235         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10236         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10237
10238     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10239     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10240         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10241         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10242
10243     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10244         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10245         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10246
10247     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10248         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10249         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10250
10251     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10252         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10253         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10254
10255     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10256         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10257         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10258
10259     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10260         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10261         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10262
10263     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10264         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10265         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10266
10267     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10268         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10269         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10270
10271     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10272         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10273         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10274
10275     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10276         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10277         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10278
10279     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10280         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10281         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10282
10283     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10284         """Toggle(self)"""
10285         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10286
10287     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10288         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10289         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10290
10291     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10292         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10293         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10294
10295     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10296         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10297         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10298
10299     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10300         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10301         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10302
10303     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10304         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10305         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10306
10307     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10308         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10309         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10310
10311     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10312         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10313         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10314
10315     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10316         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10317         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10318
10319     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10320         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10321         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10322
10323     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10324         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10325         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10326
10327     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10328         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10329         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10330
10331     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10332         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10333         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10334
10335     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10336         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10337         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10338
10339     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10340         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10341         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10342
10343     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10344         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10345         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10346
10347     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10348         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10349         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10350
10351     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10352         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10353         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10354
10355     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10356         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10357         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10358
10359     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10360     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10361         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10362         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10363
10364     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10365         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10366         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10367
10368     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10369         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10370         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10371
10372 MenuItem_swigregister = _core_.MenuItem_swigregister
10373 MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10374
10375 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10376   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10377   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10378
10379 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10380   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10381   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10382
10383 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10384
10385 class Control(Window):
10386     """
10387     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10388
10389     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10390     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10391     """
10392     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10393     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10394     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10395         """
10396         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10397             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10398             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10399
10400         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10401         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10402         """
10403         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10404         self._setOORInfo(self)
10405
10406     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10407         """
10408         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10409             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10410             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10411
10412         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10413         """
10414         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
10415
10416     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
10417         """
10418         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
10419
10420         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
10421
10422         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
10423
10424         """
10425         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
10426
10427     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10428         """
10429         GetLabel(self) -> String
10430
10431         Return a control's text.
10432         """
10433         return _core_.Control_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10434
10435     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10436         """
10437         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10438
10439         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10440         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10441         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10442         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10443         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10444
10445         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10446         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10447         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10448         this.
10449         """
10450         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10451
10452     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
10453 Control_swigregister = _core_.Control_swigregister
10454 Control_swigregister(Control)
10455 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
10456
10457 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
10458     """
10459     PreControl() -> Control
10460
10461     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
10462     """
10463     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
10464     return val
10465
10466 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10467   """
10468     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10469
10470     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10471     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10472     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10473     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10474     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10475
10476     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10477     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10478     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10479     this.
10480     """
10481   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10482
10483 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10484
10485 class ItemContainer(object):
10486     """
10487     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
10488     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
10489     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
10490     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
10491     this one.
10492
10493     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
10494     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
10495     all conform to the same interface.
10496
10497     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
10498     optionally, client data associated with them.
10499
10500     """
10501     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10502     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10503     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10504     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10505         """
10506         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10507
10508         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
10509         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
10510         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
10511         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
10512         """
10513         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10514
10515     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
10516         """
10517         AppendItems(self, List strings)
10518
10519         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
10520         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
10521         need to add a lot of items.
10522         """
10523         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
10524
10525     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10526         """
10527         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10528
10529         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
10530         optionally associating some data object with the item.
10531         """
10532         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10533
10534     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
10535         """
10536         Clear(self)
10537
10538         Removes all items from the control.
10539         """
10540         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
10541
10542     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10543         """
10544         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
10545
10546         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
10547         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
10548         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
10549         than the number of items in the control.
10550         """
10551         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10552
10553     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10554         """
10555         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
10556
10557         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
10558         """
10559         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10560
10561     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10562         """
10563         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
10564
10565         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
10566         """
10567         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10568
10569     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
10570         """
10571         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
10572
10573         Returns the number of items in the control.
10574         """
10575         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
10576
10577     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
10578         """
10579         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
10580
10581         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
10582         """
10583         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
10584
10585     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
10586         """
10587         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
10588
10589         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
10590         """
10591         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
10592
10593     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
10594         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
10595         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
10596
10597     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
10598         """
10599         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
10600
10601         Sets the label for the given item.
10602         """
10603         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
10604
10605     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
10606         """
10607         FindString(self, String s) -> int
10608
10609         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
10610         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
10611         found.
10612         """
10613         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
10614
10615     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10616         """
10617         SetSelection(self, int n)
10618
10619         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
10620         """
10621         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10622
10623     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10624         """
10625         GetSelection(self) -> int
10626
10627         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
10628         is selected.
10629         """
10630         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10631
10632     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10633         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
10634         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10635
10636     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10637         """
10638         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
10639
10640         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
10641         is selected.
10642         """
10643         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10644
10645     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
10646         """
10647         Select(self, int n)
10648
10649         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
10650         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
10651         """
10652         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
10653
10654 ItemContainer_swigregister = _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister
10655 ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
10656
10657 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10658
10659 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
10660     """
10661     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
10662     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
10663     that have items.
10664     """
10665     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10666     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10667     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10668 ControlWithItems_swigregister = _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister
10669 ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
10670
10671 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10672
10673 class SizerItem(Object):
10674     """
10675     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
10676     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. In normal usage user
10677     code should never need to deal directly with a wx.SizerItem, but
10678     custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to use the
10679     collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating layout.
10680
10681     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
10682     """
10683     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10684     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10685     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10686         """
10687         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
10688
10689         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
10690         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
10691
10692         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
10693         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
10694         methods are called.
10695
10696         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
10697         """
10698         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
10699     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
10700     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10701     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
10702         """
10703         DeleteWindows(self)
10704
10705         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
10706         of item.
10707         """
10708         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
10709
10710     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10711         """
10712         DetachSizer(self)
10713
10714         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
10715         """
10716         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10717
10718     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
10719         """
10720         GetSize(self) -> Size
10721
10722         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10723         """
10724         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
10725
10726     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
10727         """
10728         CalcMin(self) -> Size
10729
10730         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
10731         needed by borders.
10732         """
10733         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
10734
10735     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
10736         """
10737         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
10738
10739         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
10740         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
10741         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
10742         account.
10743         """
10744         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
10745
10746     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
10747         """
10748         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
10749
10750         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
10751         """
10752         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
10753
10754     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10755         """
10756         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
10757
10758         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
10759         added, if needed.
10760         """
10761         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10762
10763     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
10764         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
10765         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
10766
10767     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
10768         """
10769         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
10770
10771         Set the ratio item attribute.
10772         """
10773         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
10774
10775     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
10776         """
10777         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
10778
10779         Set the ratio item attribute.
10780         """
10781         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
10782
10783     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10784         """
10785         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
10786
10787         Set the ratio item attribute.
10788         """
10789         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10790
10791     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10792         """
10793         GetRatio(self) -> float
10794
10795         Set the ratio item attribute.
10796         """
10797         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10798
10799     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
10800         """
10801         GetRect(self) -> Rect
10802
10803         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
10804         """
10805         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
10806
10807     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10808         """
10809         IsWindow(self) -> bool
10810
10811         Is this sizer item a window?
10812         """
10813         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10814
10815     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10816         """
10817         IsSizer(self) -> bool
10818
10819         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
10820         """
10821         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10822
10823     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10824         """
10825         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
10826
10827         Is this sizer item a spacer?
10828         """
10829         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10830
10831     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10832         """
10833         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
10834
10835         Set the proportion value for this item.
10836         """
10837         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10838
10839     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10840         """
10841         GetProportion(self) -> int
10842
10843         Get the proportion value for this item.
10844         """
10845         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10846
10847     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
10848     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
10849     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10850         """
10851         SetFlag(self, int flag)
10852
10853         Set the flag value for this item.
10854         """
10855         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10856
10857     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10858         """
10859         GetFlag(self) -> int
10860
10861         Get the flag value for this item.
10862         """
10863         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10864
10865     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10866         """
10867         SetBorder(self, int border)
10868
10869         Set the border value for this item.
10870         """
10871         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10872
10873     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10874         """
10875         GetBorder(self) -> int
10876
10877         Get the border value for this item.
10878         """
10879         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10880
10881     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10882         """
10883         GetWindow(self) -> Window
10884
10885         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10886         """
10887         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10888
10889     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10890         """
10891         SetWindow(self, Window window)
10892
10893         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
10894         """
10895         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10896
10897     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10898         """
10899         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
10900
10901         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10902         """
10903         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10904
10905     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10906         """
10907         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
10908
10909         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
10910         """
10911         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10912
10913     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10914         """
10915         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
10916
10917         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
10918         """
10919         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10920
10921     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10922         """
10923         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
10924
10925         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
10926         """
10927         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10928
10929     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
10930         """
10931         Show(self, bool show)
10932
10933         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
10934         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
10935         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
10936         """
10937         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
10938
10939     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
10940         """
10941         IsShown(self) -> bool
10942
10943         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
10944         """
10945         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
10946
10947     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10948         """
10949         GetPosition(self) -> Point
10950
10951         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10952         """
10953         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10954
10955     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10956         """
10957         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
10958
10959         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
10960         isn't any.
10961         """
10962         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10963
10964     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10965         """
10966         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
10967
10968         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
10969         """
10970         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10971
10972 SizerItem_swigregister = _core_.SizerItem_swigregister
10973 SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
10974
10975 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10976     """
10977     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10978         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10979
10980     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
10981     """
10982     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10983     return val
10984
10985 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10986     """
10987     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10988         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10989
10990     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
10991     """
10992     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10993     return val
10994
10995 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10996     """
10997     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10998         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10999
11000     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
11001     """
11002     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11003     return val
11004
11005 class Sizer(Object):
11006     """
11007     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
11008     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
11009     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
11010     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.NotebookSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`,  `wx.FlexGridSizer`
11011     and `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11012
11013     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
11014     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
11015     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
11016     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
11017     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
11018     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
11019     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
11020     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
11021     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
11022     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
11023     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
11024     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
11025     compared to a real window on screen.
11026
11027     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11028     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11029     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11030     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11031     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11032     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11033     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11034     """
11035     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11036     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11037     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11038     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
11039     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11040     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11041         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11042         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11043
11044     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11045         """
11046         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11047             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11048
11049         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11050         """
11051         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11052
11053     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11054         """
11055         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11056             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11057
11058         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11059         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11060         """
11061         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11062
11063     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11064         """
11065         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11066             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11067
11068         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11069         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11070         """
11071         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11072
11073     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11074         """
11075         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11076
11077         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11078         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11079         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11080         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11081         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11082         and removed.
11083         """
11084         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11085
11086     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11087         """
11088         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11089
11090         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11091         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11092         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11093         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11094         was found and detached.
11095         """
11096         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11097
11098     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11099         """
11100         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11101
11102         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11103         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11104         the item to be found.
11105         """
11106         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11107
11108     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11109         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11110         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11111
11112     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11113         """
11114         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11115
11116         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11117         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11118         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11119         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11120         """
11121         if len(args) == 2:
11122             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11123             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11124         else:
11125             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11126
11127     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11128         """
11129         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11130
11131         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11132         """
11133         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11134
11135     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11136         """
11137         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11138
11139         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11140         """
11141         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11142
11143     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11144         """
11145         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11146
11147         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11148         """
11149         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11150
11151     def AddMany(self, items):
11152         """
11153         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11154         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11155         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11156         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11157         """
11158         for item in items:
11159             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11160                 item = (item, )
11161             self.Add(*item)
11162
11163     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11164     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11165         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11166         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11167     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11168         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11169         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11170     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11171         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11172         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11173
11174     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11175         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11176         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11177     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11178         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11179         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11180     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11181         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11182         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11183
11184     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11185         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11186         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11187     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11188         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11189         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11190     def InsertSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11191         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11192         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11193
11194     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11195         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11196         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11197     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11198         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11199         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11200     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11201         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11202         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11203
11204
11205     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11206         """
11207         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11208
11209         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11210         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11211         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11212         methods.
11213         """
11214         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11215
11216     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11217         """
11218         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11219
11220         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11221         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11222         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11223         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11224         here, depending on which is bigger.
11225         """
11226         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11227
11228     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11229         """
11230         GetSize(self) -> Size
11231
11232         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11233         """
11234         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11235
11236     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11237         """
11238         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11239
11240         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11241         """
11242         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11243
11244     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11245         """
11246         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11247
11248         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11249         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11250         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11251         """
11252         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11253
11254     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11255         return self.GetSize().Get()
11256     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11257         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11258     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11259         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11260
11261     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11262         """
11263         RecalcSizes(self)
11264
11265         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11266         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11267         it is called by `Layout`.
11268         """
11269         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11270
11271     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11272         """
11273         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11274
11275         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11276         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11277         it is called by `Layout`.
11278         """
11279         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11280
11281     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11282         """
11283         Layout(self)
11284
11285         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11286         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11287         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11288         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11289         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11290         removed.
11291         """
11292         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
11293
11294     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
11295         """
11296         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11297
11298         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11299         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11300         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11301         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
11302
11303         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11304         """
11305         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
11306
11307     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
11308         """
11309         FitInside(self, Window window)
11310
11311         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11312         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11313         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11314         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11315
11316         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11317
11318         """
11319         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
11320
11321     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11322         """
11323         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11324
11325         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11326         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
11327         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
11328         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
11329         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
11330         required by the sizer.
11331         """
11332         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11333
11334     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11335         """
11336         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
11337
11338         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
11339         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
11340         this will set them appropriately.
11341
11342         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
11343
11344         """
11345         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11346
11347     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11348         """
11349         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
11350
11351         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
11352         as well.
11353         """
11354         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11355
11356     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11357         """
11358         DeleteWindows(self)
11359
11360         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
11361         """
11362         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11363
11364     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
11365         """
11366         GetChildren(self) -> list
11367
11368         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
11369         """
11370         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
11371
11372     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11373         """
11374         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
11375
11376         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
11377         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11378         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11379         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
11380         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
11381         """
11382         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11383
11384     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11385         """
11386         IsShown(self, item)
11387
11388         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
11389         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11390         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11391         the item.
11392         """
11393         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11394
11395     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
11396         """
11397         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
11398         """
11399         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
11400
11401     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
11402         """
11403         ShowItems(self, bool show)
11404
11405         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
11406         """
11407         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
11408
11409 Sizer_swigregister = _core_.Sizer_swigregister
11410 Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
11411
11412 class PySizer(Sizer):
11413     """
11414     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
11415     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
11416     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
11417     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
11418     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
11419     For example::
11420
11421         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
11422              def __init__(self):
11423                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
11424
11425              def CalcMin(self):
11426                  for item in self.GetChildren():
11427                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
11428                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
11429                       # layout algorithm.
11430                       ...
11431                  return wx.Size(width, height)
11432
11433               def RecalcSizes(self):
11434                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
11435                   pos = self.GetPosition()
11436                   size = self.GetSize()
11437                   for item in self.GetChildren():
11438                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
11439                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
11440                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
11441                       # space alloted to this sizer.
11442                       ...
11443                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
11444
11445
11446     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
11447     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
11448     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
11449
11450     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
11451
11452
11453     """
11454     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11455     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11456     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11457         """
11458         __init__(self) -> PySizer
11459
11460         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
11461         class.
11462         """
11463         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
11464         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
11465
11466     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11467         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
11468         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11469
11470 PySizer_swigregister = _core_.PySizer_swigregister
11471 PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
11472
11473 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11474
11475 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
11476     """
11477     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
11478     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
11479     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
11480     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
11481     parameter passed to the constructor.
11482     """
11483     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11484     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11485     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11486         """
11487         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
11488
11489         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
11490         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
11491         sizer.
11492         """
11493         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11494         self._setOORInfo(self)
11495
11496     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11497         """
11498         GetOrientation(self) -> int
11499
11500         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
11501         """
11502         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11503
11504     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11505         """
11506         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
11507
11508         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
11509         """
11510         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11511
11512 BoxSizer_swigregister = _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister
11513 BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
11514
11515 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11516
11517 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
11518     """
11519     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
11520     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
11521     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
11522     passed to the sizer constructor.
11523     """
11524     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11525     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11526     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11527         """
11528         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
11529
11530         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
11531         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
11532         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
11533         """
11534         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11535         self._setOORInfo(self)
11536
11537     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
11538         """
11539         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
11540
11541         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
11542         """
11543         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
11544
11545 StaticBoxSizer_swigregister = _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister
11546 StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
11547
11548 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11549
11550 class GridSizer(Sizer):
11551     """
11552     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11553     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
11554     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
11555     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
11556     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
11557     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
11558
11559     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
11560     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
11561     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
11562     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
11563     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
11564     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11565
11566     """
11567     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11568     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11569     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11570         """
11571         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
11572
11573         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
11574         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
11575         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11576         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11577         define extra space between all children.
11578         """
11579         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11580         self._setOORInfo(self)
11581
11582     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11583         """
11584         SetCols(self, int cols)
11585
11586         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
11587         """
11588         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11589
11590     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11591         """
11592         SetRows(self, int rows)
11593
11594         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
11595         """
11596         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11597
11598     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11599         """
11600         SetVGap(self, int gap)
11601
11602         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11603         """
11604         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11605
11606     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11607         """
11608         SetHGap(self, int gap)
11609
11610         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
11611         """
11612         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11613
11614     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11615         """
11616         GetCols(self) -> int
11617
11618         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
11619         """
11620         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11621
11622     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11623         """
11624         GetRows(self) -> int
11625
11626         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
11627         """
11628         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11629
11630     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11631         """
11632         GetVGap(self) -> int
11633
11634         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11635         """
11636         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11637
11638     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11639         """
11640         GetHGap(self) -> int
11641
11642         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
11643         """
11644         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11645
11646     def CalcRowsCols(self):
11647         """
11648         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
11649
11650         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
11651         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
11652         in the constructor.
11653         """
11654         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
11655         rows = self.GetRows()
11656         cols = self.GetCols()
11657         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
11658         if cols != 0:
11659             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
11660         elif rows != 0:
11661             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
11662         return (rows, cols)
11663
11664 GridSizer_swigregister = _core_.GridSizer_swigregister
11665 GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
11666
11667 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11668
11669 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
11670 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
11671 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
11672 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
11673     """
11674     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11675     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
11676     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
11677     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
11678     the `wx.GridSizer`.
11679
11680     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
11681     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
11682     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
11683     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
11684     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
11685     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
11686
11687
11688     """
11689     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11690     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11691     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11692         """
11693         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
11694
11695         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
11696         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
11697         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11698         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11699         define extra space between all children.
11700         """
11701         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11702         self._setOORInfo(self)
11703
11704     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11705         """
11706         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11707
11708         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
11709         is extra space available to the sizer.
11710
11711         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11712         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11713         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11714         """
11715         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11716
11717     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11718         """
11719         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
11720
11721         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
11722         """
11723         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11724
11725     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11726         """
11727         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11728
11729         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
11730         there is extra space available to the sizer.
11731
11732         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11733         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11734         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11735         """
11736         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11737
11738     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11739         """
11740         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
11741
11742         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
11743         """
11744         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11745
11746     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11747         """
11748         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
11749
11750         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
11751         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
11752         other value is ignored.
11753
11754             ==============    =======================================
11755             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
11756             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
11757             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
11758                               (this is the default value).
11759             ==============    =======================================
11760
11761         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11762
11763         """
11764         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11765
11766     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11767         """
11768         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
11769
11770         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
11771         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
11772
11773         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
11774         """
11775         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11776
11777     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11778         """
11779         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
11780
11781         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
11782         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
11783         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
11784
11785             ==========================  =================================================
11786             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
11787             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
11788                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
11789                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
11790                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
11791             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
11792                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
11793                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
11794             ==========================  =================================================
11795
11796         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11797
11798
11799         """
11800         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11801
11802     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11803         """
11804         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
11805
11806         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
11807         non-flexible direction if there is one.
11808
11809         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
11810         """
11811         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11812
11813     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
11814         """
11815         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
11816
11817         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
11818         rows in the sizer.
11819         """
11820         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
11821
11822     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
11823         """
11824         GetColWidths(self) -> list
11825
11826         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
11827         columns in the sizer.
11828         """
11829         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
11830
11831 FlexGridSizer_swigregister = _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister
11832 FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
11833
11834 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
11835     """
11836     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
11837     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
11838     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
11839     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
11840     will take care of the rest.
11841
11842     """
11843     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11844     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11845     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11846         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
11847         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11848     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
11849         """
11850         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
11851
11852         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
11853         method in the base class.
11854         """
11855         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
11856
11857     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
11858         """
11859         Realize(self)
11860
11861         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
11862         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
11863         specifc manner.
11864         """
11865         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
11866
11867     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11868         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11869         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11870
11871     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11872         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11873         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11874
11875     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11876         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11877         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11878
11879     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11880         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11881         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11882
11883     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
11884         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11885         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
11886
11887     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11888         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11889         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11890
11891     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11892         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11893         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11894
11895     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
11896         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11897         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
11898
11899 StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister = _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister
11900 StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
11901
11902 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11903
11904 class GBPosition(object):
11905     """
11906     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11907     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11908     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11909     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11910     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11911     """
11912     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11913     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11914     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11915         """
11916         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
11917
11918         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11919         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11920         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11921         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11922         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11923         """
11924         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
11925     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
11926     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11927     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11928         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
11929         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11930
11931     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11932         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
11933         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11934
11935     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11936         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
11937         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11938
11939     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11940         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
11941         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11942
11943     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
11944         """__eq__(self, GBPosition other) -> bool"""
11945         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
11946
11947     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
11948         """__ne__(self, GBPosition other) -> bool"""
11949         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
11950
11951     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
11952         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
11953         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
11954
11955     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
11956         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
11957         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
11958
11959     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
11960     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
11961     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
11962     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
11963     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
11964     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
11965         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
11966         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
11967         else: raise IndexError
11968     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
11969     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
11970     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
11971
11972     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
11973     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
11974
11975 GBPosition_swigregister = _core_.GBPosition_swigregister
11976 GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
11977
11978 class GBSpan(object):
11979     """
11980     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
11981     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
11982     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
11983     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
11984     nearly transparently in Python code.
11985
11986     """
11987     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11988     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11989     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11990         """
11991         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
11992
11993         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
11994         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
11995         cell in each direction.
11996         """
11997         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
11998     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
11999     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12000     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12001         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
12002         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12003
12004     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12005         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
12006         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12007
12008     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12009         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
12010         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12011
12012     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12013         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
12014         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12015
12016     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12017         """__eq__(self, GBSpan other) -> bool"""
12018         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12019
12020     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12021         """__ne__(self, GBSpan other) -> bool"""
12022         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12023
12024     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12025         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
12026         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12027
12028     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12029         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12030         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12031
12032     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12033     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12034     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
12035     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12036     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12037     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12038         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12039         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12040         else: raise IndexError
12041     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12042     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12043     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12044
12045     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12046     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12047
12048 GBSpan_swigregister = _core_.GBSpan_swigregister
12049 GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12050
12051 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12052     """
12053     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12054     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12055     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12056
12057     """
12058     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12059     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12060     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12061         """
12062         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12063
12064         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12065         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12066         item can be used in a Sizer.
12067
12068         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12069         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12070         """
12071         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12072     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12073     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12074     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12075         """
12076         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12077
12078         Get the grid position of the item
12079         """
12080         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12081
12082     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12083     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12084         """
12085         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12086
12087         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12088         """
12089         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12090
12091     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12092     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12093         """
12094         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12095
12096         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12097         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12098         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12099         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12100         """
12101         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12102
12103     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12104         """
12105         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12106
12107         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12108         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12109         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12110         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12111
12112         """
12113         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12114
12115     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12116         """
12117         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12118
12119         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12120         """
12121         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12122
12123     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12124         """
12125         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12126
12127         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12128         """
12129         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12130
12131     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12132         """
12133         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12134
12135         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12136         """
12137         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12138
12139     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12140         """
12141         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12142
12143         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12144         """
12145         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12146
12147     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12148         """
12149         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12150
12151         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12152         """
12153         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12154
12155 GBSizerItem_swigregister = _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister
12156 GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12157 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12158
12159 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12160     """
12161     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12162         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12163
12164     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12165     """
12166     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12167     return val
12168
12169 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12170     """
12171     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12172         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12173
12174     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12175     """
12176     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12177     return val
12178
12179 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12180     """
12181     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12182         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12183
12184     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12185     """
12186     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12187     return val
12188
12189 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12190     """
12191     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12192     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12193     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12194     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12195     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12196     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12197
12198     """
12199     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12200     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12201     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12202         """
12203         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12204
12205         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12206         rows and columns.
12207         """
12208         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12209         self._setOORInfo(self)
12210
12211     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12212         """
12213         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12214         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12215
12216         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12217         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12218         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12219
12220         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12221         position, False if something was already there.
12222
12223         """
12224         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12225
12226     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12227         """
12228         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12229
12230         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12231         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12232         something was already there.
12233         """
12234         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12235
12236     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12237         """
12238         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12239
12240         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12241         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12242         """
12243         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12244
12245     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12246         """
12247         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12248
12249         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12250         """
12251         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12252
12253     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12254         """
12255         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12256
12257         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12258         """
12259         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12260
12261     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12262         """
12263         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12264
12265         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12266         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12267         index of an item.
12268         """
12269         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
12270
12271     def SetItemPosition(*args):
12272         """
12273         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12274
12275         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12276         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12277         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
12278         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12279
12280         """
12281         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
12282
12283     def GetItemSpan(*args):
12284         """
12285         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
12286
12287         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12288         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12289         zero-based index of an item.
12290         """
12291         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
12292
12293     def SetItemSpan(*args):
12294         """
12295         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
12296
12297         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12298         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12299         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
12300         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12301         """
12302         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
12303
12304     def FindItem(*args):
12305         """
12306         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
12307
12308         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
12309         not found. (non-recursive)
12310         """
12311         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
12312
12313     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12314         """
12315         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
12316
12317         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
12318         item at that position. (non-recursive)
12319         """
12320         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12321
12322     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
12323         """
12324         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
12325
12326         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
12327         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
12328         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
12329         layout. (non-recursive)
12330         """
12331         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
12332
12333     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
12334         """
12335         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12336
12337         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12338         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
12339         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
12340         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12341         position of.
12342
12343         """
12344         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
12345
12346     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
12347         """
12348         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12349
12350         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12351         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
12352         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
12353         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12354         position of.
12355         """
12356         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
12357
12358 GridBagSizer_swigregister = _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister
12359 GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
12360
12361 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12362
12363 Left = _core_.Left
12364 Top = _core_.Top
12365 Right = _core_.Right
12366 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
12367 Width = _core_.Width
12368 Height = _core_.Height
12369 Centre = _core_.Centre
12370 Center = _core_.Center
12371 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
12372 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
12373 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
12374 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
12375 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
12376 Above = _core_.Above
12377 Below = _core_.Below
12378 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
12379 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
12380 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
12381 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
12382 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
12383     """
12384     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
12385     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
12386     You will never need to create an instance of
12387     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
12388     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
12389     that it contains.
12390     """
12391     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12392     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12393     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12394     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12395         """
12396         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
12397
12398         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
12399         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
12400         """
12401         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12402
12403     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
12404         """
12405         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12406
12407         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
12408         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
12409         other window.
12410         """
12411         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
12412
12413     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
12414         """
12415         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12416
12417         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
12418         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
12419         other window.
12420         """
12421         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
12422
12423     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
12424         """
12425         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12426
12427         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
12428         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
12429         window.
12430         """
12431         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
12432
12433     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
12434         """
12435         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12436
12437         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
12438         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
12439         window.
12440         """
12441         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
12442
12443     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
12444         """
12445         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
12446
12447         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
12448         given window, with an optional margin.
12449         """
12450         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
12451
12452     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
12453         """
12454         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
12455
12456         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
12457         window, with an optional margin.
12458         """
12459         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
12460
12461     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
12462         """
12463         Absolute(self, int val)
12464
12465         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
12466         """
12467         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
12468
12469     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
12470         """
12471         Unconstrained(self)
12472
12473         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
12474         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
12475         """
12476         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
12477
12478     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
12479         """
12480         AsIs(self)
12481
12482         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
12483         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
12484         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
12485         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
12486         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
12487         button label.
12488         """
12489         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
12490
12491     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12492         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
12493         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12494
12495     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12496         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
12497         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12498
12499     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12500         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
12501         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12502
12503     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12504         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
12505         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12506
12507     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12508         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
12509         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12510
12511     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12512         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
12513         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12514
12515     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12516         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
12517         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12518
12519     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
12520         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
12521         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
12522
12523     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12524         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
12525         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12526
12527     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12528         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
12529         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12530
12531     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12532         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
12533         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12534
12535     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12536         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
12537         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12538
12539     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12540         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
12541         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12542
12543     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
12544         """
12545         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
12546
12547         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
12548         """
12549         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
12550
12551     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
12552         """
12553         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
12554
12555         Try to satisfy constraint
12556         """
12557         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
12558
12559     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12560         """
12561         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
12562
12563         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
12564         is not determinable, -1.
12565         """
12566         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12567
12568 IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister = _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister
12569 IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
12570
12571 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
12572     """
12573     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
12574     instead.
12575
12576     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
12577     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
12578
12579     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
12580     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
12581     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
12582
12583         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
12584         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
12585         * top: represents the top edge of the window
12586         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
12587         * width: represents the width of the window
12588         * height: represents the height of the window
12589         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
12590         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
12591
12592     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
12593     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
12594     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
12595     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
12596     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
12597     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
12598     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
12599
12600     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
12601
12602     """
12603     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12604     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12605     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
12606     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
12607     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
12608     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
12609     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
12610     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
12611     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
12612     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
12613     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12614         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
12615         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
12616     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
12617     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12618     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
12619         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
12620         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
12621
12622     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
12623         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
12624         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
12625
12626 LayoutConstraints_swigregister = _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister
12627 LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
12628
12629 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12630
12631 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
12632 try:
12633     True
12634 except NameError:
12635     __builtins__.True = 1==1
12636     __builtins__.False = 1==0
12637     def bool(value): return not not value
12638     __builtins__.bool = bool
12639
12640
12641
12642 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
12643 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
12644 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
12645 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
12646
12647
12648 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12649 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
12650 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
12651
12652 from __version__ import *
12653 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
12654
12655 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12656 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12657 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
12658     import warnings
12659     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
12660
12661 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12662
12663 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
12664 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
12665 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
12666 # encoding we need to use as well.)
12667 #
12668 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
12669 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
12670 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
12671 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
12672 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
12673 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
12674
12675 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12676 if default == 'ascii':
12677     import locale
12678     import codecs
12679     try:
12680         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
12681         codecs.lookup(default)
12682     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
12683         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12684     del locale
12685     del codecs
12686 if default:
12687     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
12688 del default
12689
12690 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12691
12692 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
12693     pass
12694
12695 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
12696     """
12697     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
12698     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
12699     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
12700     """
12701     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
12702     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
12703
12704     def __repr__(self):
12705         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12706             self._name = "[unknown]"
12707         return self.reprStr % self._name
12708
12709     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12710         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12711             self._name = "[unknown]"
12712         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
12713
12714     def __nonzero__(self):
12715         return 0
12716
12717
12718
12719 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
12720     pass
12721
12722 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
12723     """
12724     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
12725     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
12726     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
12727     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
12728     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
12729     is ready.
12730     """
12731
12732     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
12733     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
12734
12735     def __repr__(self):
12736         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12737         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12738         return self.reprStr #% self._name
12739
12740     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12741         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12742         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12743         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
12744
12745     def __nonzero__(self):
12746         return 0
12747
12748
12749 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12750
12751 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
12752     """
12753     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
12754     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
12755     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
12756     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
12757
12758     :see: `wx.FutureCall`
12759     """
12760     app = wx.GetApp()
12761     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
12762
12763     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
12764         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
12765         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
12766                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
12767     evt = wx.PyEvent()
12768     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
12769     evt.callable = callable
12770     evt.args = args
12771     evt.kw = kw
12772     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
12773
12774 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12775
12776
12777 class FutureCall:
12778     """
12779     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
12780     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
12781     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
12782     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
12783
12784     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
12785     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
12786     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
12787     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
12788     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
12789     object.
12790
12791     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
12792     """
12793     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
12794         self.millis = millis
12795         self.callable = callable
12796         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12797         self.runCount = 0
12798         self.running = False
12799         self.hasRun = False
12800         self.result = None
12801         self.timer = None
12802         self.Start()
12803
12804     def __del__(self):
12805         self.Stop()
12806
12807
12808     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
12809         """
12810         (Re)start the timer
12811         """
12812         self.hasRun = False
12813         if millis is not None:
12814             self.millis = millis
12815         if args or kwargs:
12816             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12817         self.Stop()
12818         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
12819         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
12820         self.running = True
12821     Restart = Start
12822
12823
12824     def Stop(self):
12825         """
12826         Stop and destroy the timer.
12827         """
12828         if self.timer is not None:
12829             self.timer.Stop()
12830             self.timer = None
12831
12832
12833     def GetInterval(self):
12834         if self.timer is not None:
12835             return self.timer.GetInterval()
12836         else:
12837             return 0
12838
12839
12840     def IsRunning(self):
12841         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
12842
12843
12844     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
12845         """
12846         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
12847         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
12848         new call to the same callable object but with different
12849         parameters.
12850         """
12851         self.args = args
12852         self.kwargs = kwargs
12853
12854
12855     def HasRun(self):
12856         return self.hasRun
12857
12858     def GetResult(self):
12859         return self.result
12860
12861     def Notify(self):
12862         """
12863         The timer has expired so call the callable.
12864         """
12865         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
12866             self.runCount += 1
12867             self.running = False
12868             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
12869         self.hasRun = True
12870         if not self.running:
12871             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
12872             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
12873
12874
12875
12876 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12877 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
12878 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
12879 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
12880 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
12881 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
12882 # where they should be used.
12883
12884 class __DocFilter:
12885     """
12886     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
12887     fucntions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
12888     """
12889     def __init__(self, globals):
12890         self._globals = globals
12891
12892     def __call__(self, name):
12893         import types
12894         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
12895         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
12896             return False
12897         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
12898             return False
12899         return True
12900
12901 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12902 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12903
12904 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
12905 # "core" wx namespace
12906 from _gdi import *
12907 from _windows import *
12908 from _controls import *
12909 from _misc import *
12910
12911
12912 # Fixup the stock objects since they can't be used yet.  (They will be
12913 # restored in wx.PyApp.OnInit.)
12914 _core_._wxPyFixStockObjects()
12915
12916 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12917 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12918
12919
12920